]> git.ipfire.org Git - thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git/blob - ld/ldlang.c
Update year range in copyright notice of binutils files
[thirdparty/binutils-gdb.git] / ld / ldlang.c
1 /* Linker command language support.
2 Copyright (C) 1991-2020 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This file is part of the GNU Binutils.
5
6 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify
7 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
8 the Free Software Foundation; either version 3 of the License, or
9 (at your option) any later version.
10
11 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
12 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
13 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
14 GNU General Public License for more details.
15
16 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
17 along with this program; if not, write to the Free Software
18 Foundation, Inc., 51 Franklin Street - Fifth Floor, Boston,
19 MA 02110-1301, USA. */
20
21 #include "sysdep.h"
22 #include <limits.h>
23 #include "bfd.h"
24 #include "libiberty.h"
25 #include "filenames.h"
26 #include "safe-ctype.h"
27 #include "obstack.h"
28 #include "bfdlink.h"
29 #include "ctf-api.h"
30
31 #include "ld.h"
32 #include "ldmain.h"
33 #include "ldexp.h"
34 #include "ldlang.h"
35 #include <ldgram.h>
36 #include "ldlex.h"
37 #include "ldmisc.h"
38 #include "ldctor.h"
39 #include "ldfile.h"
40 #include "ldemul.h"
41 #include "fnmatch.h"
42 #include "demangle.h"
43 #include "hashtab.h"
44 #include "elf-bfd.h"
45 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
46 #include "plugin.h"
47 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
48
49 #ifndef offsetof
50 #define offsetof(TYPE, MEMBER) ((size_t) & (((TYPE*) 0)->MEMBER))
51 #endif
52
53 /* Convert between addresses in bytes and sizes in octets.
54 For currently supported targets, octets_per_byte is always a power
55 of two, so we can use shifts. */
56 #define TO_ADDR(X) ((X) >> opb_shift)
57 #define TO_SIZE(X) ((X) << opb_shift)
58
59 /* Local variables. */
60 static struct obstack stat_obstack;
61 static struct obstack map_obstack;
62
63 #define obstack_chunk_alloc xmalloc
64 #define obstack_chunk_free free
65 static const char *entry_symbol_default = "start";
66 static bfd_boolean map_head_is_link_order = FALSE;
67 static lang_output_section_statement_type *default_common_section;
68 static bfd_boolean map_option_f;
69 static bfd_vma print_dot;
70 static lang_input_statement_type *first_file;
71 static const char *current_target;
72 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to any files involved in the
73 link, either specified from the command-line or added implicitely (eg.
74 archive member used to resolved undefined symbol, wildcard statement from
75 linker script, etc.). Next pointer is in next field of a
76 lang_statement_header_type (reached via header field in a
77 lang_statement_union). */
78 static lang_statement_list_type statement_list;
79 static lang_statement_list_type *stat_save[10];
80 static lang_statement_list_type **stat_save_ptr = &stat_save[0];
81 static struct unique_sections *unique_section_list;
82 static struct asneeded_minfo *asneeded_list_head;
83 static unsigned int opb_shift = 0;
84
85 /* Forward declarations. */
86 static void exp_init_os (etree_type *);
87 static lang_input_statement_type *lookup_name (const char *);
88 static void insert_undefined (const char *);
89 static bfd_boolean sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
90 static void print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *,
91 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
92 static void print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *,
93 lang_output_section_statement_type *);
94 static void print_statements (void);
95 static void print_input_section (asection *, bfd_boolean);
96 static bfd_boolean lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *, void *);
97 static void lang_record_phdrs (void);
98 static void lang_do_version_exports_section (void);
99 static void lang_finalize_version_expr_head
100 (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *);
101 static void lang_do_memory_regions (void);
102
103 /* Exported variables. */
104 const char *output_target;
105 lang_output_section_statement_type *abs_output_section;
106 lang_statement_list_type lang_os_list;
107 lang_statement_list_type *stat_ptr = &statement_list;
108 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files used in the final
109 executable. This can be either object file specified on the command-line
110 or library member resolving an undefined reference. Next pointer is in next
111 field of a lang_input_statement_type (reached via input_statement field in a
112 lang_statement_union). */
113 lang_statement_list_type file_chain = { NULL, NULL };
114 /* Header for list of statements corresponding to files specified on the
115 command-line for linking. It thus contains real object files and archive
116 but not archive members. Next pointer is in next_real_file field of a
117 lang_input_statement_type statement (reached via input_statement field in a
118 lang_statement_union). */
119 lang_statement_list_type input_file_chain;
120 struct bfd_sym_chain entry_symbol = { NULL, NULL };
121 const char *entry_section = ".text";
122 struct lang_input_statement_flags input_flags;
123 bfd_boolean entry_from_cmdline;
124 bfd_boolean undef_from_cmdline;
125 bfd_boolean lang_has_input_file = FALSE;
126 bfd_boolean had_output_filename = FALSE;
127 bfd_boolean lang_float_flag = FALSE;
128 bfd_boolean delete_output_file_on_failure = FALSE;
129 struct lang_phdr *lang_phdr_list;
130 struct lang_nocrossrefs *nocrossref_list;
131 struct asneeded_minfo **asneeded_list_tail;
132 static ctf_file_t *ctf_output;
133
134 /* Functions that traverse the linker script and might evaluate
135 DEFINED() need to increment this at the start of the traversal. */
136 int lang_statement_iteration = 0;
137
138 /* Return TRUE if the PATTERN argument is a wildcard pattern.
139 Although backslashes are treated specially if a pattern contains
140 wildcards, we do not consider the mere presence of a backslash to
141 be enough to cause the pattern to be treated as a wildcard.
142 That lets us handle DOS filenames more naturally. */
143 #define wildcardp(pattern) (strpbrk ((pattern), "?*[") != NULL)
144
145 #define new_stat(x, y) \
146 (x##_type *) new_statement (x##_enum, sizeof (x##_type), y)
147
148 #define outside_section_address(q) \
149 ((q)->output_offset + (q)->output_section->vma)
150
151 #define outside_symbol_address(q) \
152 ((q)->value + outside_section_address (q->section))
153
154 #define SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH (16)
155
156 /* CTF sections smaller than this are not compressed: compression of
157 dictionaries this small doesn't gain much, and this lets consumers mmap the
158 sections directly out of the ELF file and use them with no decompression
159 overhead if they want to. */
160 #define CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD 4096
161
162 void *
163 stat_alloc (size_t size)
164 {
165 return obstack_alloc (&stat_obstack, size);
166 }
167
168 static int
169 name_match (const char *pattern, const char *name)
170 {
171 if (wildcardp (pattern))
172 return fnmatch (pattern, name, 0);
173 return strcmp (pattern, name);
174 }
175
176 /* If PATTERN is of the form archive:file, return a pointer to the
177 separator. If not, return NULL. */
178
179 static char *
180 archive_path (const char *pattern)
181 {
182 char *p = NULL;
183
184 if (link_info.path_separator == 0)
185 return p;
186
187 p = strchr (pattern, link_info.path_separator);
188 #ifdef HAVE_DOS_BASED_FILE_SYSTEM
189 if (p == NULL || link_info.path_separator != ':')
190 return p;
191
192 /* Assume a match on the second char is part of drive specifier,
193 as in "c:\silly.dos". */
194 if (p == pattern + 1 && ISALPHA (*pattern))
195 p = strchr (p + 1, link_info.path_separator);
196 #endif
197 return p;
198 }
199
200 /* Given that FILE_SPEC results in a non-NULL SEP result from archive_path,
201 return whether F matches FILE_SPEC. */
202
203 static bfd_boolean
204 input_statement_is_archive_path (const char *file_spec, char *sep,
205 lang_input_statement_type *f)
206 {
207 bfd_boolean match = FALSE;
208
209 if ((*(sep + 1) == 0
210 || name_match (sep + 1, f->filename) == 0)
211 && ((sep != file_spec)
212 == (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)))
213 {
214 match = TRUE;
215
216 if (sep != file_spec)
217 {
218 const char *aname = f->the_bfd->my_archive->filename;
219 *sep = 0;
220 match = name_match (file_spec, aname) == 0;
221 *sep = link_info.path_separator;
222 }
223 }
224 return match;
225 }
226
227 static bfd_boolean
228 unique_section_p (const asection *sec,
229 const lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
230 {
231 struct unique_sections *unam;
232 const char *secnam;
233
234 if (!link_info.resolve_section_groups
235 && sec->owner != NULL
236 && bfd_is_group_section (sec->owner, sec))
237 return !(os != NULL
238 && strcmp (os->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0);
239
240 secnam = sec->name;
241 for (unam = unique_section_list; unam; unam = unam->next)
242 if (name_match (unam->name, secnam) == 0)
243 return TRUE;
244
245 return FALSE;
246 }
247
248 /* Generic traversal routines for finding matching sections. */
249
250 /* Return true if FILE matches a pattern in EXCLUDE_LIST, otherwise return
251 false. */
252
253 static bfd_boolean
254 walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (struct name_list *exclude_list,
255 lang_input_statement_type *file)
256 {
257 struct name_list *list_tmp;
258
259 for (list_tmp = exclude_list;
260 list_tmp;
261 list_tmp = list_tmp->next)
262 {
263 char *p = archive_path (list_tmp->name);
264
265 if (p != NULL)
266 {
267 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (list_tmp->name, p, file))
268 return TRUE;
269 }
270
271 else if (name_match (list_tmp->name, file->filename) == 0)
272 return TRUE;
273
274 /* FIXME: Perhaps remove the following at some stage? Matching
275 unadorned archives like this was never documented and has
276 been superceded by the archive:path syntax. */
277 else if (file->the_bfd != NULL
278 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL
279 && name_match (list_tmp->name,
280 file->the_bfd->my_archive->filename) == 0)
281 return TRUE;
282 }
283
284 return FALSE;
285 }
286
287 /* Try processing a section against a wildcard. This just calls
288 the callback unless the filename exclusion list is present
289 and excludes the file. It's hardly ever present so this
290 function is very fast. */
291
292 static void
293 walk_wild_consider_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
294 lang_input_statement_type *file,
295 asection *s,
296 struct wildcard_list *sec,
297 callback_t callback,
298 void *data)
299 {
300 /* Don't process sections from files which were excluded. */
301 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (sec->spec.exclude_name_list, file))
302 return;
303
304 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
305 }
306
307 /* Lowest common denominator routine that can handle everything correctly,
308 but slowly. */
309
310 static void
311 walk_wild_section_general (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
312 lang_input_statement_type *file,
313 callback_t callback,
314 void *data)
315 {
316 asection *s;
317 struct wildcard_list *sec;
318
319 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
320 {
321 sec = ptr->section_list;
322 if (sec == NULL)
323 (*callback) (ptr, sec, s, ptr->section_flag_list, file, data);
324
325 while (sec != NULL)
326 {
327 bfd_boolean skip = FALSE;
328
329 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
330 {
331 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
332
333 skip = name_match (sec->spec.name, sname) != 0;
334 }
335
336 if (!skip)
337 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec, callback, data);
338
339 sec = sec->next;
340 }
341 }
342 }
343
344 /* Routines to find a single section given its name. If there's more
345 than one section with that name, we report that. */
346
347 typedef struct
348 {
349 asection *found_section;
350 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
351 } section_iterator_callback_data;
352
353 static bfd_boolean
354 section_iterator_callback (bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED, asection *s, void *data)
355 {
356 section_iterator_callback_data *d = (section_iterator_callback_data *) data;
357
358 if (d->found_section != NULL)
359 {
360 d->multiple_sections_found = TRUE;
361 return TRUE;
362 }
363
364 d->found_section = s;
365 return FALSE;
366 }
367
368 static asection *
369 find_section (lang_input_statement_type *file,
370 struct wildcard_list *sec,
371 bfd_boolean *multiple_sections_found)
372 {
373 section_iterator_callback_data cb_data = { NULL, FALSE };
374
375 bfd_get_section_by_name_if (file->the_bfd, sec->spec.name,
376 section_iterator_callback, &cb_data);
377 *multiple_sections_found = cb_data.multiple_sections_found;
378 return cb_data.found_section;
379 }
380
381 /* Code for handling simple wildcards without going through fnmatch,
382 which can be expensive because of charset translations etc. */
383
384 /* A simple wild is a literal string followed by a single '*',
385 where the literal part is at least 4 characters long. */
386
387 static bfd_boolean
388 is_simple_wild (const char *name)
389 {
390 size_t len = strcspn (name, "*?[");
391 return len >= 4 && name[len] == '*' && name[len + 1] == '\0';
392 }
393
394 static bfd_boolean
395 match_simple_wild (const char *pattern, const char *name)
396 {
397 /* The first four characters of the pattern are guaranteed valid
398 non-wildcard characters. So we can go faster. */
399 if (pattern[0] != name[0] || pattern[1] != name[1]
400 || pattern[2] != name[2] || pattern[3] != name[3])
401 return FALSE;
402
403 pattern += 4;
404 name += 4;
405 while (*pattern != '*')
406 if (*name++ != *pattern++)
407 return FALSE;
408
409 return TRUE;
410 }
411
412 /* Return the numerical value of the init_priority attribute from
413 section name NAME. */
414
415 static int
416 get_init_priority (const asection *sec)
417 {
418 const char *name = bfd_section_name (sec);
419 const char *dot;
420
421 /* GCC uses the following section names for the init_priority
422 attribute with numerical values 101 to 65535 inclusive. A
423 lower value means a higher priority.
424
425 1: .init_array.NNNNN/.fini_array.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is the
426 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
427 The order of execution in .init_array is forward and
428 .fini_array is backward.
429 2: .ctors.NNNNN/.dtors.NNNNN: Where NNNNN is 65535 minus the
430 decimal numerical value of the init_priority attribute.
431 The order of execution in .ctors is backward and .dtors
432 is forward.
433
434 .init_array.NNNNN sections would normally be placed in an output
435 .init_array section, .fini_array.NNNNN in .fini_array,
436 .ctors.NNNNN in .ctors, and .dtors.NNNNN in .dtors. This means
437 we should sort by increasing number (and could just use
438 SORT_BY_NAME in scripts). However if .ctors.NNNNN sections are
439 being placed in .init_array (which may also contain
440 .init_array.NNNNN sections) or .dtors.NNNNN sections are being
441 placed in .fini_array then we need to extract the init_priority
442 attribute and sort on that. */
443 dot = strrchr (name, '.');
444 if (dot != NULL && ISDIGIT (dot[1]))
445 {
446 char *end;
447 unsigned long init_priority = strtoul (dot + 1, &end, 10);
448 if (*end == 0)
449 {
450 if (dot == name + 6
451 && (strncmp (name, ".ctors", 6) == 0
452 || strncmp (name, ".dtors", 6) == 0))
453 init_priority = 65535 - init_priority;
454 if (init_priority <= INT_MAX)
455 return init_priority;
456 }
457 }
458 return -1;
459 }
460
461 /* Compare sections ASEC and BSEC according to SORT. */
462
463 static int
464 compare_section (sort_type sort, asection *asec, asection *bsec)
465 {
466 int ret;
467 int a_priority, b_priority;
468
469 switch (sort)
470 {
471 default:
472 abort ();
473
474 case by_init_priority:
475 a_priority = get_init_priority (asec);
476 b_priority = get_init_priority (bsec);
477 if (a_priority < 0 || b_priority < 0)
478 goto sort_by_name;
479 ret = a_priority - b_priority;
480 if (ret)
481 break;
482 else
483 goto sort_by_name;
484
485 case by_alignment_name:
486 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
487 if (ret)
488 break;
489 /* Fall through. */
490
491 case by_name:
492 sort_by_name:
493 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
494 break;
495
496 case by_name_alignment:
497 ret = strcmp (bfd_section_name (asec), bfd_section_name (bsec));
498 if (ret)
499 break;
500 /* Fall through. */
501
502 case by_alignment:
503 ret = bfd_section_alignment (bsec) - bfd_section_alignment (asec);
504 break;
505 }
506
507 return ret;
508 }
509
510 /* Build a Binary Search Tree to sort sections, unlike insertion sort
511 used in wild_sort(). BST is considerably faster if the number of
512 of sections are large. */
513
514 static lang_section_bst_type **
515 wild_sort_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
516 struct wildcard_list *sec,
517 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
518 asection *section)
519 {
520 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
521
522 tree = &wild->tree;
523 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
524 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
525 {
526 /* Append at the right end of tree. */
527 while (*tree)
528 tree = &((*tree)->right);
529 return tree;
530 }
531
532 while (*tree)
533 {
534 /* Find the correct node to append this section. */
535 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, (*tree)->section) < 0)
536 tree = &((*tree)->left);
537 else
538 tree = &((*tree)->right);
539 }
540
541 return tree;
542 }
543
544 /* Use wild_sort_fast to build a BST to sort sections. */
545
546 static void
547 output_section_callback_fast (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
548 struct wildcard_list *sec,
549 asection *section,
550 struct flag_info *sflag_list ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
551 lang_input_statement_type *file,
552 void *output)
553 {
554 lang_section_bst_type *node;
555 lang_section_bst_type **tree;
556 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
557
558 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
559
560 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
561 return;
562
563 node = (lang_section_bst_type *) xmalloc (sizeof (lang_section_bst_type));
564 node->left = 0;
565 node->right = 0;
566 node->section = section;
567
568 tree = wild_sort_fast (ptr, sec, file, section);
569 if (tree != NULL)
570 *tree = node;
571 }
572
573 /* Convert a sorted sections' BST back to list form. */
574
575 static void
576 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
577 lang_section_bst_type *tree,
578 void *output)
579 {
580 if (tree->left)
581 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->left, output);
582
583 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, tree->section, NULL,
584 (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output);
585
586 if (tree->right)
587 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (ptr, tree->right, output);
588
589 free (tree);
590 }
591
592 /* Specialized, optimized routines for handling different kinds of
593 wildcards */
594
595 static void
596 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
597 lang_input_statement_type *file,
598 callback_t callback,
599 void *data)
600 {
601 /* We can just do a hash lookup for the section with the right name.
602 But if that lookup discovers more than one section with the name
603 (should be rare), we fall back to the general algorithm because
604 we would otherwise have to sort the sections to make sure they
605 get processed in the bfd's order. */
606 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
607 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
608 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
609
610 if (multiple_sections_found)
611 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
612 else if (s0)
613 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s0, sec0, callback, data);
614 }
615
616 static void
617 walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
618 lang_input_statement_type *file,
619 callback_t callback,
620 void *data)
621 {
622 asection *s;
623 struct wildcard_list *wildsec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
624
625 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
626 {
627 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
628 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec0->spec.name, sname);
629
630 if (!skip)
631 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec0, callback, data);
632 }
633 }
634
635 static void
636 walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
637 lang_input_statement_type *file,
638 callback_t callback,
639 void *data)
640 {
641 asection *s;
642 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
643 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
644 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
645 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
646
647 if (multiple_sections_found)
648 {
649 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
650 return;
651 }
652
653 /* Note that if the section was not found, s0 is NULL and
654 we'll simply never succeed the s == s0 test below. */
655 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
656 {
657 /* Recall that in this code path, a section cannot satisfy more
658 than one spec, so if s == s0 then it cannot match
659 wildspec1. */
660 if (s == s0)
661 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
662 else
663 {
664 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
665 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
666
667 if (!skip)
668 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback,
669 data);
670 }
671 }
672 }
673
674 static void
675 walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
676 lang_input_statement_type *file,
677 callback_t callback,
678 void *data)
679 {
680 asection *s;
681 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
682 struct wildcard_list *wildsec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
683 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
684 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
685 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found);
686
687 if (multiple_sections_found)
688 {
689 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
690 return;
691 }
692
693 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
694 {
695 if (s == s0)
696 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
697 else
698 {
699 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
700 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec1->spec.name, sname);
701
702 if (!skip)
703 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec1, callback, data);
704 else
705 {
706 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name, sname);
707 if (!skip)
708 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
709 data);
710 }
711 }
712 }
713 }
714
715 static void
716 walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2 (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
717 lang_input_statement_type *file,
718 callback_t callback,
719 void *data)
720 {
721 asection *s;
722 struct wildcard_list *sec0 = ptr->handler_data[0];
723 struct wildcard_list *sec1 = ptr->handler_data[1];
724 struct wildcard_list *wildsec2 = ptr->handler_data[2];
725 struct wildcard_list *wildsec3 = ptr->handler_data[3];
726 bfd_boolean multiple_sections_found;
727 asection *s0 = find_section (file, sec0, &multiple_sections_found), *s1;
728
729 if (multiple_sections_found)
730 {
731 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
732 return;
733 }
734
735 s1 = find_section (file, sec1, &multiple_sections_found);
736 if (multiple_sections_found)
737 {
738 walk_wild_section_general (ptr, file, callback, data);
739 return;
740 }
741
742 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
743 {
744 if (s == s0)
745 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec0, callback, data);
746 else
747 if (s == s1)
748 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, sec1, callback, data);
749 else
750 {
751 const char *sname = bfd_section_name (s);
752 bfd_boolean skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec2->spec.name,
753 sname);
754
755 if (!skip)
756 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec2, callback,
757 data);
758 else
759 {
760 skip = !match_simple_wild (wildsec3->spec.name, sname);
761 if (!skip)
762 walk_wild_consider_section (ptr, file, s, wildsec3,
763 callback, data);
764 }
765 }
766 }
767 }
768
769 static void
770 walk_wild_section (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
771 lang_input_statement_type *file,
772 callback_t callback,
773 void *data)
774 {
775 if (file->flags.just_syms)
776 return;
777
778 (*ptr->walk_wild_section_handler) (ptr, file, callback, data);
779 }
780
781 /* Returns TRUE when name1 is a wildcard spec that might match
782 something name2 can match. We're conservative: we return FALSE
783 only if the prefixes of name1 and name2 are different up to the
784 first wildcard character. */
785
786 static bfd_boolean
787 wild_spec_can_overlap (const char *name1, const char *name2)
788 {
789 size_t prefix1_len = strcspn (name1, "?*[");
790 size_t prefix2_len = strcspn (name2, "?*[");
791 size_t min_prefix_len;
792
793 /* Note that if there is no wildcard character, then we treat the
794 terminating 0 as part of the prefix. Thus ".text" won't match
795 ".text." or ".text.*", for example. */
796 if (name1[prefix1_len] == '\0')
797 prefix1_len++;
798 if (name2[prefix2_len] == '\0')
799 prefix2_len++;
800
801 min_prefix_len = prefix1_len < prefix2_len ? prefix1_len : prefix2_len;
802
803 return memcmp (name1, name2, min_prefix_len) == 0;
804 }
805
806 /* Select specialized code to handle various kinds of wildcard
807 statements. */
808
809 static void
810 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr)
811 {
812 int sec_count = 0;
813 int wild_name_count = 0;
814 struct wildcard_list *sec;
815 int signature;
816 int data_counter;
817
818 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_general;
819 ptr->handler_data[0] = NULL;
820 ptr->handler_data[1] = NULL;
821 ptr->handler_data[2] = NULL;
822 ptr->handler_data[3] = NULL;
823 ptr->tree = NULL;
824
825 /* Count how many wildcard_specs there are, and how many of those
826 actually use wildcards in the name. Also, bail out if any of the
827 wildcard names are NULL. (Can this actually happen?
828 walk_wild_section used to test for it.) And bail out if any
829 of the wildcards are more complex than a simple string
830 ending in a single '*'. */
831 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
832 {
833 ++sec_count;
834 if (sec->spec.name == NULL)
835 return;
836 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
837 {
838 ++wild_name_count;
839 if (!is_simple_wild (sec->spec.name))
840 return;
841 }
842 }
843
844 /* The zero-spec case would be easy to optimize but it doesn't
845 happen in practice. Likewise, more than 4 specs doesn't
846 happen in practice. */
847 if (sec_count == 0 || sec_count > 4)
848 return;
849
850 /* Check that no two specs can match the same section. */
851 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
852 {
853 struct wildcard_list *sec2;
854 for (sec2 = sec->next; sec2 != NULL; sec2 = sec2->next)
855 {
856 if (wild_spec_can_overlap (sec->spec.name, sec2->spec.name))
857 return;
858 }
859 }
860
861 signature = (sec_count << 8) + wild_name_count;
862 switch (signature)
863 {
864 case 0x0100:
865 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild0;
866 break;
867 case 0x0101:
868 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs1_wild1;
869 break;
870 case 0x0201:
871 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs2_wild1;
872 break;
873 case 0x0302:
874 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs3_wild2;
875 break;
876 case 0x0402:
877 ptr->walk_wild_section_handler = walk_wild_section_specs4_wild2;
878 break;
879 default:
880 return;
881 }
882
883 /* Now fill the data array with pointers to the specs, first the
884 specs with non-wildcard names, then the specs with wildcard
885 names. It's OK to process the specs in different order from the
886 given order, because we've already determined that no section
887 will match more than one spec. */
888 data_counter = 0;
889 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
890 if (!wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
891 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
892 for (sec = ptr->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
893 if (wildcardp (sec->spec.name))
894 ptr->handler_data[data_counter++] = sec;
895 }
896
897 /* Handle a wild statement for a single file F. */
898
899 static void
900 walk_wild_file (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
901 lang_input_statement_type *f,
902 callback_t callback,
903 void *data)
904 {
905 if (walk_wild_file_in_exclude_list (s->exclude_name_list, f))
906 return;
907
908 if (f->the_bfd == NULL
909 || !bfd_check_format (f->the_bfd, bfd_archive))
910 walk_wild_section (s, f, callback, data);
911 else
912 {
913 bfd *member;
914
915 /* This is an archive file. We must map each member of the
916 archive separately. */
917 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, NULL);
918 while (member != NULL)
919 {
920 /* When lookup_name is called, it will call the add_symbols
921 entry point for the archive. For each element of the
922 archive which is included, BFD will call ldlang_add_file,
923 which will set the usrdata field of the member to the
924 lang_input_statement. */
925 if (bfd_usrdata (member) != NULL)
926 walk_wild_section (s, bfd_usrdata (member), callback, data);
927
928 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (f->the_bfd, member);
929 }
930 }
931 }
932
933 static void
934 walk_wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s, callback_t callback, void *data)
935 {
936 const char *file_spec = s->filename;
937 char *p;
938
939 if (file_spec == NULL)
940 {
941 /* Perform the iteration over all files in the list. */
942 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
943 {
944 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
945 }
946 }
947 else if ((p = archive_path (file_spec)) != NULL)
948 {
949 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
950 {
951 if (input_statement_is_archive_path (file_spec, p, f))
952 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
953 }
954 }
955 else if (wildcardp (file_spec))
956 {
957 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
958 {
959 if (fnmatch (file_spec, f->filename, 0) == 0)
960 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
961 }
962 }
963 else
964 {
965 lang_input_statement_type *f;
966
967 /* Perform the iteration over a single file. */
968 f = lookup_name (file_spec);
969 if (f)
970 walk_wild_file (s, f, callback, data);
971 }
972 }
973
974 /* lang_for_each_statement walks the parse tree and calls the provided
975 function for each node, except those inside output section statements
976 with constraint set to -1. */
977
978 void
979 lang_for_each_statement_worker (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *),
980 lang_statement_union_type *s)
981 {
982 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
983 {
984 func (s);
985
986 switch (s->header.type)
987 {
988 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
989 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, constructor_list.head);
990 break;
991 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
992 if (s->output_section_statement.constraint != -1)
993 lang_for_each_statement_worker
994 (func, s->output_section_statement.children.head);
995 break;
996 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
997 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
998 s->wild_statement.children.head);
999 break;
1000 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1001 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func,
1002 s->group_statement.children.head);
1003 break;
1004 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1005 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1006 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1007 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1008 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1009 case lang_input_section_enum:
1010 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1011 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1012 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1013 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1014 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1015 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1016 break;
1017 default:
1018 FAIL ();
1019 break;
1020 }
1021 }
1022 }
1023
1024 void
1025 lang_for_each_statement (void (*func) (lang_statement_union_type *))
1026 {
1027 lang_for_each_statement_worker (func, statement_list.head);
1028 }
1029
1030 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------*/
1031
1032 void
1033 lang_list_init (lang_statement_list_type *list)
1034 {
1035 list->head = NULL;
1036 list->tail = &list->head;
1037 }
1038
1039 static void
1040 lang_statement_append (lang_statement_list_type *list,
1041 void *element,
1042 void *field)
1043 {
1044 *(list->tail) = element;
1045 list->tail = field;
1046 }
1047
1048 void
1049 push_stat_ptr (lang_statement_list_type *new_ptr)
1050 {
1051 if (stat_save_ptr >= stat_save + sizeof (stat_save) / sizeof (stat_save[0]))
1052 abort ();
1053 *stat_save_ptr++ = stat_ptr;
1054 stat_ptr = new_ptr;
1055 }
1056
1057 void
1058 pop_stat_ptr (void)
1059 {
1060 if (stat_save_ptr <= stat_save)
1061 abort ();
1062 stat_ptr = *--stat_save_ptr;
1063 }
1064
1065 /* Build a new statement node for the parse tree. */
1066
1067 static lang_statement_union_type *
1068 new_statement (enum statement_enum type,
1069 size_t size,
1070 lang_statement_list_type *list)
1071 {
1072 lang_statement_union_type *new_stmt;
1073
1074 new_stmt = stat_alloc (size);
1075 new_stmt->header.type = type;
1076 new_stmt->header.next = NULL;
1077 lang_statement_append (list, new_stmt, &new_stmt->header.next);
1078 return new_stmt;
1079 }
1080
1081 /* Build a new input file node for the language. There are several
1082 ways in which we treat an input file, eg, we only look at symbols,
1083 or prefix it with a -l etc.
1084
1085 We can be supplied with requests for input files more than once;
1086 they may, for example be split over several lines like foo.o(.text)
1087 foo.o(.data) etc, so when asked for a file we check that we haven't
1088 got it already so we don't duplicate the bfd. */
1089
1090 static lang_input_statement_type *
1091 new_afile (const char *name,
1092 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1093 const char *target)
1094 {
1095 lang_input_statement_type *p;
1096
1097 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
1098
1099 p = new_stat (lang_input_statement, stat_ptr);
1100 memset (&p->the_bfd, 0,
1101 sizeof (*p) - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, the_bfd));
1102 p->target = target;
1103 p->flags.dynamic = input_flags.dynamic;
1104 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
1105 p->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular = input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
1106 p->flags.whole_archive = input_flags.whole_archive;
1107 p->flags.sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1108
1109 switch (file_type)
1110 {
1111 case lang_input_file_is_symbols_only_enum:
1112 p->filename = name;
1113 p->local_sym_name = name;
1114 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1115 p->flags.just_syms = TRUE;
1116 break;
1117 case lang_input_file_is_fake_enum:
1118 p->filename = name;
1119 p->local_sym_name = name;
1120 break;
1121 case lang_input_file_is_l_enum:
1122 if (name[0] == ':' && name[1] != '\0')
1123 {
1124 p->filename = name + 1;
1125 p->flags.full_name_provided = TRUE;
1126 }
1127 else
1128 p->filename = name;
1129 p->local_sym_name = concat ("-l", name, (const char *) NULL);
1130 p->flags.maybe_archive = TRUE;
1131 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1132 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1133 break;
1134 case lang_input_file_is_marker_enum:
1135 p->filename = name;
1136 p->local_sym_name = name;
1137 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1138 break;
1139 case lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum:
1140 p->filename = name;
1141 p->local_sym_name = name;
1142 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1143 p->flags.search_dirs = TRUE;
1144 break;
1145 case lang_input_file_is_file_enum:
1146 p->filename = name;
1147 p->local_sym_name = name;
1148 p->flags.real = TRUE;
1149 break;
1150 default:
1151 FAIL ();
1152 }
1153
1154 lang_statement_append (&input_file_chain, p, &p->next_real_file);
1155 return p;
1156 }
1157
1158 lang_input_statement_type *
1159 lang_add_input_file (const char *name,
1160 lang_input_file_enum_type file_type,
1161 const char *target)
1162 {
1163 if (name != NULL
1164 && (*name == '=' || CONST_STRNEQ (name, "$SYSROOT")))
1165 {
1166 lang_input_statement_type *ret;
1167 char *sysrooted_name
1168 = concat (ld_sysroot,
1169 name + (*name == '=' ? 1 : strlen ("$SYSROOT")),
1170 (const char *) NULL);
1171
1172 /* We've now forcibly prepended the sysroot, making the input
1173 file independent of the context. Therefore, temporarily
1174 force a non-sysrooted context for this statement, so it won't
1175 get the sysroot prepended again when opened. (N.B. if it's a
1176 script, any child nodes with input files starting with "/"
1177 will be handled as "sysrooted" as they'll be found to be
1178 within the sysroot subdirectory.) */
1179 unsigned int outer_sysrooted = input_flags.sysrooted;
1180 input_flags.sysrooted = 0;
1181 ret = new_afile (sysrooted_name, file_type, target);
1182 input_flags.sysrooted = outer_sysrooted;
1183 return ret;
1184 }
1185
1186 return new_afile (name, file_type, target);
1187 }
1188
1189 struct out_section_hash_entry
1190 {
1191 struct bfd_hash_entry root;
1192 lang_statement_union_type s;
1193 };
1194
1195 /* The hash table. */
1196
1197 static struct bfd_hash_table output_section_statement_table;
1198
1199 /* Support routines for the hash table used by lang_output_section_find,
1200 initialize the table, fill in an entry and remove the table. */
1201
1202 static struct bfd_hash_entry *
1203 output_section_statement_newfunc (struct bfd_hash_entry *entry,
1204 struct bfd_hash_table *table,
1205 const char *string)
1206 {
1207 lang_output_section_statement_type **nextp;
1208 struct out_section_hash_entry *ret;
1209
1210 if (entry == NULL)
1211 {
1212 entry = (struct bfd_hash_entry *) bfd_hash_allocate (table,
1213 sizeof (*ret));
1214 if (entry == NULL)
1215 return entry;
1216 }
1217
1218 entry = bfd_hash_newfunc (entry, table, string);
1219 if (entry == NULL)
1220 return entry;
1221
1222 ret = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry;
1223 memset (&ret->s, 0, sizeof (ret->s));
1224 ret->s.header.type = lang_output_section_statement_enum;
1225 ret->s.output_section_statement.subsection_alignment = NULL;
1226 ret->s.output_section_statement.section_alignment = NULL;
1227 ret->s.output_section_statement.block_value = 1;
1228 lang_list_init (&ret->s.output_section_statement.children);
1229 lang_statement_append (stat_ptr, &ret->s, &ret->s.header.next);
1230
1231 /* For every output section statement added to the list, except the
1232 first one, lang_os_list.tail points to the "next"
1233 field of the last element of the list. */
1234 if (lang_os_list.head != NULL)
1235 ret->s.output_section_statement.prev
1236 = ((lang_output_section_statement_type *)
1237 ((char *) lang_os_list.tail
1238 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next)));
1239
1240 /* GCC's strict aliasing rules prevent us from just casting the
1241 address, so we store the pointer in a variable and cast that
1242 instead. */
1243 nextp = &ret->s.output_section_statement.next;
1244 lang_statement_append (&lang_os_list, &ret->s, nextp);
1245 return &ret->root;
1246 }
1247
1248 static void
1249 output_section_statement_table_init (void)
1250 {
1251 if (!bfd_hash_table_init_n (&output_section_statement_table,
1252 output_section_statement_newfunc,
1253 sizeof (struct out_section_hash_entry),
1254 61))
1255 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
1256 }
1257
1258 static void
1259 output_section_statement_table_free (void)
1260 {
1261 bfd_hash_table_free (&output_section_statement_table);
1262 }
1263
1264 /* Build enough state so that the parser can build its tree. */
1265
1266 void
1267 lang_init (void)
1268 {
1269 obstack_begin (&stat_obstack, 1000);
1270
1271 stat_ptr = &statement_list;
1272
1273 output_section_statement_table_init ();
1274
1275 lang_list_init (stat_ptr);
1276
1277 lang_list_init (&input_file_chain);
1278 lang_list_init (&lang_os_list);
1279 lang_list_init (&file_chain);
1280 first_file = lang_add_input_file (NULL, lang_input_file_is_marker_enum,
1281 NULL);
1282 abs_output_section =
1283 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (BFD_ABS_SECTION_NAME, 0, TRUE);
1284
1285 abs_output_section->bfd_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
1286
1287 asneeded_list_head = NULL;
1288 asneeded_list_tail = &asneeded_list_head;
1289 }
1290
1291 void
1292 lang_finish (void)
1293 {
1294 output_section_statement_table_free ();
1295 }
1296
1297 /*----------------------------------------------------------------------
1298 A region is an area of memory declared with the
1299 MEMORY { name:org=exp, len=exp ... }
1300 syntax.
1301
1302 We maintain a list of all the regions here.
1303
1304 If no regions are specified in the script, then the default is used
1305 which is created when looked up to be the entire data space.
1306
1307 If create is true we are creating a region inside a MEMORY block.
1308 In this case it is probably an error to create a region that has
1309 already been created. If we are not inside a MEMORY block it is
1310 dubious to use an undeclared region name (except DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION)
1311 and so we issue a warning.
1312
1313 Each region has at least one name. The first name is either
1314 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION or the name given in the MEMORY block. You can add
1315 alias names to an existing region within a script with
1316 REGION_ALIAS (alias, region_name). Each name corresponds to at most one
1317 region. */
1318
1319 static lang_memory_region_type *lang_memory_region_list;
1320 static lang_memory_region_type **lang_memory_region_list_tail
1321 = &lang_memory_region_list;
1322
1323 lang_memory_region_type *
1324 lang_memory_region_lookup (const char *const name, bfd_boolean create)
1325 {
1326 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1327 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1328 lang_memory_region_type *new_region;
1329
1330 /* NAME is NULL for LMA memspecs if no region was specified. */
1331 if (name == NULL)
1332 return NULL;
1333
1334 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1335 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1336 if (strcmp (n->name, name) == 0)
1337 {
1338 if (create)
1339 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: redeclaration of memory region `%s'\n"),
1340 NULL, name);
1341 return r;
1342 }
1343
1344 if (!create && strcmp (name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION))
1345 einfo (_("%P:%pS: warning: memory region `%s' not declared\n"),
1346 NULL, name);
1347
1348 new_region = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_type));
1349
1350 new_region->name_list.name = xstrdup (name);
1351 new_region->name_list.next = NULL;
1352 new_region->next = NULL;
1353 new_region->origin_exp = NULL;
1354 new_region->origin = 0;
1355 new_region->length_exp = NULL;
1356 new_region->length = ~(bfd_size_type) 0;
1357 new_region->current = 0;
1358 new_region->last_os = NULL;
1359 new_region->flags = 0;
1360 new_region->not_flags = 0;
1361 new_region->had_full_message = FALSE;
1362
1363 *lang_memory_region_list_tail = new_region;
1364 lang_memory_region_list_tail = &new_region->next;
1365
1366 return new_region;
1367 }
1368
1369 void
1370 lang_memory_region_alias (const char *alias, const char *region_name)
1371 {
1372 lang_memory_region_name *n;
1373 lang_memory_region_type *r;
1374 lang_memory_region_type *region;
1375
1376 /* The default region must be unique. This ensures that it is not necessary
1377 to iterate through the name list if someone wants the check if a region is
1378 the default memory region. */
1379 if (strcmp (region_name, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
1380 || strcmp (alias, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
1381 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: alias for default memory region\n"), NULL);
1382
1383 /* Look for the target region and check if the alias is not already
1384 in use. */
1385 region = NULL;
1386 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r != NULL; r = r->next)
1387 for (n = &r->name_list; n != NULL; n = n->next)
1388 {
1389 if (region == NULL && strcmp (n->name, region_name) == 0)
1390 region = r;
1391 if (strcmp (n->name, alias) == 0)
1392 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: redefinition of memory region "
1393 "alias `%s'\n"),
1394 NULL, alias);
1395 }
1396
1397 /* Check if the target region exists. */
1398 if (region == NULL)
1399 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: memory region `%s' "
1400 "for alias `%s' does not exist\n"),
1401 NULL, region_name, alias);
1402
1403 /* Add alias to region name list. */
1404 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_memory_region_name));
1405 n->name = xstrdup (alias);
1406 n->next = region->name_list.next;
1407 region->name_list.next = n;
1408 }
1409
1410 static lang_memory_region_type *
1411 lang_memory_default (asection *section)
1412 {
1413 lang_memory_region_type *p;
1414
1415 flagword sec_flags = section->flags;
1416
1417 /* Override SEC_DATA to mean a writable section. */
1418 if ((sec_flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_READONLY | SEC_CODE)) == SEC_ALLOC)
1419 sec_flags |= SEC_DATA;
1420
1421 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
1422 {
1423 if ((p->flags & sec_flags) != 0
1424 && (p->not_flags & sec_flags) == 0)
1425 {
1426 return p;
1427 }
1428 }
1429 return lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
1430 }
1431
1432 /* Get the output section statement directly from the userdata. */
1433
1434 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1435 lang_output_section_get (const asection *output_section)
1436 {
1437 return bfd_section_userdata (output_section);
1438 }
1439
1440 /* Find or create an output_section_statement with the given NAME.
1441 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero match one with that constraint, otherwise
1442 match any non-negative constraint. If CREATE, always make a
1443 new output_section_statement for SPECIAL CONSTRAINT. */
1444
1445 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1446 lang_output_section_statement_lookup (const char *name,
1447 int constraint,
1448 bfd_boolean create)
1449 {
1450 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry;
1451
1452 entry = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1453 bfd_hash_lookup (&output_section_statement_table, name,
1454 create, FALSE));
1455 if (entry == NULL)
1456 {
1457 if (create)
1458 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1459 return NULL;
1460 }
1461
1462 if (entry->s.output_section_statement.name != NULL)
1463 {
1464 /* We have a section of this name, but it might not have the correct
1465 constraint. */
1466 struct out_section_hash_entry *last_ent;
1467
1468 name = entry->s.output_section_statement.name;
1469 if (create && constraint == SPECIAL)
1470 /* Not traversing to the end reverses the order of the second
1471 and subsequent SPECIAL sections in the hash table chain,
1472 but that shouldn't matter. */
1473 last_ent = entry;
1474 else
1475 do
1476 {
1477 if (constraint == entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1478 || (constraint == 0
1479 && entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint >= 0))
1480 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1481 last_ent = entry;
1482 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1483 }
1484 while (entry != NULL
1485 && name == entry->s.output_section_statement.name);
1486
1487 if (!create)
1488 return NULL;
1489
1490 entry
1491 = ((struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1492 output_section_statement_newfunc (NULL,
1493 &output_section_statement_table,
1494 name));
1495 if (entry == NULL)
1496 {
1497 einfo (_("%F%P: failed creating section `%s': %E\n"), name);
1498 return NULL;
1499 }
1500 entry->root = last_ent->root;
1501 last_ent->root.next = &entry->root;
1502 }
1503
1504 entry->s.output_section_statement.name = name;
1505 entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint = constraint;
1506 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1507 }
1508
1509 /* Find the next output_section_statement with the same name as OS.
1510 If CONSTRAINT is non-zero, find one with that constraint otherwise
1511 match any non-negative constraint. */
1512
1513 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1514 next_matching_output_section_statement (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
1515 int constraint)
1516 {
1517 /* All output_section_statements are actually part of a
1518 struct out_section_hash_entry. */
1519 struct out_section_hash_entry *entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *)
1520 ((char *) os
1521 - offsetof (struct out_section_hash_entry, s.output_section_statement));
1522 const char *name = os->name;
1523
1524 ASSERT (name == entry->root.string);
1525 do
1526 {
1527 entry = (struct out_section_hash_entry *) entry->root.next;
1528 if (entry == NULL
1529 || name != entry->s.output_section_statement.name)
1530 return NULL;
1531 }
1532 while (constraint != entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint
1533 && (constraint != 0
1534 || entry->s.output_section_statement.constraint < 0));
1535
1536 return &entry->s.output_section_statement;
1537 }
1538
1539 /* A variant of lang_output_section_find used by place_orphan.
1540 Returns the output statement that should precede a new output
1541 statement for SEC. If an exact match is found on certain flags,
1542 sets *EXACT too. */
1543
1544 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1545 lang_output_section_find_by_flags (const asection *sec,
1546 flagword sec_flags,
1547 lang_output_section_statement_type **exact,
1548 lang_match_sec_type_func match_type)
1549 {
1550 lang_output_section_statement_type *first, *look, *found;
1551 flagword look_flags, differ;
1552
1553 /* We know the first statement on this list is *ABS*. May as well
1554 skip it. */
1555 first = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1556 first = first->next;
1557
1558 /* First try for an exact match. */
1559 found = NULL;
1560 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1561 {
1562 look_flags = look->flags;
1563 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1564 {
1565 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1566 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1567 look->bfd_section,
1568 sec->owner, sec))
1569 continue;
1570 }
1571 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1572 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD | SEC_READONLY
1573 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1574 found = look;
1575 }
1576 if (found != NULL)
1577 {
1578 if (exact != NULL)
1579 *exact = found;
1580 return found;
1581 }
1582
1583 if ((sec_flags & SEC_CODE) != 0
1584 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1585 {
1586 /* Try for a rw code section. */
1587 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1588 {
1589 look_flags = look->flags;
1590 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1591 {
1592 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1593 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1594 look->bfd_section,
1595 sec->owner, sec))
1596 continue;
1597 }
1598 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1599 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1600 | SEC_CODE | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1601 found = look;
1602 }
1603 }
1604 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_READONLY) != 0
1605 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1606 {
1607 /* .rodata can go after .text, .sdata2 after .rodata. */
1608 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1609 {
1610 look_flags = look->flags;
1611 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1612 {
1613 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1614 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1615 look->bfd_section,
1616 sec->owner, sec))
1617 continue;
1618 }
1619 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1620 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1621 | SEC_READONLY | SEC_SMALL_DATA))
1622 || (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1623 | SEC_READONLY))
1624 && !(look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)))
1625 found = look;
1626 }
1627 }
1628 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
1629 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1630 {
1631 /* .tdata can go after .data, .tbss after .tdata. Treat .tbss
1632 as if it were a loaded section, and don't use match_type. */
1633 bfd_boolean seen_thread_local = FALSE;
1634
1635 match_type = NULL;
1636 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1637 {
1638 look_flags = look->flags;
1639 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1640 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1641
1642 differ = look_flags ^ (sec_flags | SEC_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS);
1643 if (!(differ & (SEC_THREAD_LOCAL | SEC_ALLOC)))
1644 {
1645 /* .tdata and .tbss must be adjacent and in that order. */
1646 if (!(look_flags & SEC_LOAD)
1647 && (sec_flags & SEC_LOAD))
1648 /* ..so if we're at a .tbss section and we're placing
1649 a .tdata section stop looking and return the
1650 previous section. */
1651 break;
1652 found = look;
1653 seen_thread_local = TRUE;
1654 }
1655 else if (seen_thread_local)
1656 break;
1657 else if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
1658 found = look;
1659 }
1660 }
1661 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA) != 0
1662 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1663 {
1664 /* .sdata goes after .data, .sbss after .sdata. */
1665 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1666 {
1667 look_flags = look->flags;
1668 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1669 {
1670 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1671 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1672 look->bfd_section,
1673 sec->owner, sec))
1674 continue;
1675 }
1676 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1677 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1678 | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL))
1679 || ((look_flags & SEC_SMALL_DATA)
1680 && !(sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS)))
1681 found = look;
1682 }
1683 }
1684 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_HAS_CONTENTS) != 0
1685 && (sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1686 {
1687 /* .data goes after .rodata. */
1688 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1689 {
1690 look_flags = look->flags;
1691 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1692 {
1693 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1694 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1695 look->bfd_section,
1696 sec->owner, sec))
1697 continue;
1698 }
1699 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1700 if (!(differ & (SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD
1701 | SEC_SMALL_DATA | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)))
1702 found = look;
1703 }
1704 }
1705 else if ((sec_flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1706 {
1707 /* .bss goes after any other alloc section. */
1708 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1709 {
1710 look_flags = look->flags;
1711 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1712 {
1713 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1714 if (match_type && !match_type (link_info.output_bfd,
1715 look->bfd_section,
1716 sec->owner, sec))
1717 continue;
1718 }
1719 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1720 if (!(differ & SEC_ALLOC))
1721 found = look;
1722 }
1723 }
1724 else
1725 {
1726 /* non-alloc go last. */
1727 for (look = first; look; look = look->next)
1728 {
1729 look_flags = look->flags;
1730 if (look->bfd_section != NULL)
1731 look_flags = look->bfd_section->flags;
1732 differ = look_flags ^ sec_flags;
1733 if (!(differ & SEC_DEBUGGING))
1734 found = look;
1735 }
1736 return found;
1737 }
1738
1739 if (found || !match_type)
1740 return found;
1741
1742 return lang_output_section_find_by_flags (sec, sec_flags, NULL, NULL);
1743 }
1744
1745 /* Find the last output section before given output statement.
1746 Used by place_orphan. */
1747
1748 static asection *
1749 output_prev_sec_find (lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
1750 {
1751 lang_output_section_statement_type *lookup;
1752
1753 for (lookup = os->prev; lookup != NULL; lookup = lookup->prev)
1754 {
1755 if (lookup->constraint < 0)
1756 continue;
1757
1758 if (lookup->bfd_section != NULL && lookup->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
1759 return lookup->bfd_section;
1760 }
1761
1762 return NULL;
1763 }
1764
1765 /* Look for a suitable place for a new output section statement. The
1766 idea is to skip over anything that might be inside a SECTIONS {}
1767 statement in a script, before we find another output section
1768 statement. Assignments to "dot" before an output section statement
1769 are assumed to belong to it, except in two cases; The first
1770 assignment to dot, and assignments before non-alloc sections.
1771 Otherwise we might put an orphan before . = . + SIZEOF_HEADERS or
1772 similar assignments that set the initial address, or we might
1773 insert non-alloc note sections among assignments setting end of
1774 image symbols. */
1775
1776 static lang_statement_union_type **
1777 insert_os_after (lang_output_section_statement_type *after)
1778 {
1779 lang_statement_union_type **where;
1780 lang_statement_union_type **assign = NULL;
1781 bfd_boolean ignore_first;
1782
1783 ignore_first = after == (void *) lang_os_list.head;
1784
1785 for (where = &after->header.next;
1786 *where != NULL;
1787 where = &(*where)->header.next)
1788 {
1789 switch ((*where)->header.type)
1790 {
1791 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
1792 if (assign == NULL)
1793 {
1794 lang_assignment_statement_type *ass;
1795
1796 ass = &(*where)->assignment_statement;
1797 if (ass->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert
1798 && ass->exp->assign.dst[0] == '.'
1799 && ass->exp->assign.dst[1] == 0)
1800 {
1801 if (!ignore_first)
1802 assign = where;
1803 ignore_first = FALSE;
1804 }
1805 }
1806 continue;
1807 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
1808 case lang_input_section_enum:
1809 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
1810 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
1811 case lang_data_statement_enum:
1812 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
1813 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
1814 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
1815 assign = NULL;
1816 ignore_first = FALSE;
1817 continue;
1818 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
1819 if (assign != NULL)
1820 {
1821 asection *s = (*where)->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
1822
1823 if (s == NULL
1824 || s->map_head.s == NULL
1825 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
1826 where = assign;
1827 }
1828 break;
1829 case lang_input_statement_enum:
1830 case lang_address_statement_enum:
1831 case lang_target_statement_enum:
1832 case lang_output_statement_enum:
1833 case lang_group_statement_enum:
1834 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
1835 continue;
1836 }
1837 break;
1838 }
1839
1840 return where;
1841 }
1842
1843 lang_output_section_statement_type *
1844 lang_insert_orphan (asection *s,
1845 const char *secname,
1846 int constraint,
1847 lang_output_section_statement_type *after,
1848 struct orphan_save *place,
1849 etree_type *address,
1850 lang_statement_list_type *add_child)
1851 {
1852 lang_statement_list_type add;
1853 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
1854 lang_output_section_statement_type **os_tail;
1855
1856 /* If we have found an appropriate place for the output section
1857 statements for this orphan, add them to our own private list,
1858 inserting them later into the global statement list. */
1859 if (after != NULL)
1860 {
1861 lang_list_init (&add);
1862 push_stat_ptr (&add);
1863 }
1864
1865 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
1866 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0)
1867 address = exp_intop (0);
1868
1869 os_tail = (lang_output_section_statement_type **) lang_os_list.tail;
1870 os = lang_enter_output_section_statement (secname, address, normal_section,
1871 NULL, NULL, NULL, constraint, 0);
1872
1873 if (add_child == NULL)
1874 add_child = &os->children;
1875 lang_add_section (add_child, s, NULL, os);
1876
1877 if (after && (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) != 0)
1878 {
1879 const char *region = (after->region
1880 ? after->region->name_list.name
1881 : DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION);
1882 const char *lma_region = (after->lma_region
1883 ? after->lma_region->name_list.name
1884 : NULL);
1885 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, region, after->phdrs,
1886 lma_region);
1887 }
1888 else
1889 lang_leave_output_section_statement (NULL, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, NULL,
1890 NULL);
1891
1892 /* Restore the global list pointer. */
1893 if (after != NULL)
1894 pop_stat_ptr ();
1895
1896 if (after != NULL && os->bfd_section != NULL)
1897 {
1898 asection *snew, *as;
1899 bfd_boolean place_after = place->stmt == NULL;
1900 bfd_boolean insert_after = TRUE;
1901
1902 snew = os->bfd_section;
1903
1904 /* Shuffle the bfd section list to make the output file look
1905 neater. This is really only cosmetic. */
1906 if (place->section == NULL
1907 && after != (void *) lang_os_list.head)
1908 {
1909 asection *bfd_section = after->bfd_section;
1910
1911 /* If the output statement hasn't been used to place any input
1912 sections (and thus doesn't have an output bfd_section),
1913 look for the closest prior output statement having an
1914 output section. */
1915 if (bfd_section == NULL)
1916 bfd_section = output_prev_sec_find (after);
1917
1918 if (bfd_section != NULL && bfd_section != snew)
1919 place->section = &bfd_section->next;
1920 }
1921
1922 if (place->section == NULL)
1923 place->section = &link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1924
1925 as = *place->section;
1926
1927 if (!as)
1928 {
1929 /* Put the section at the end of the list. */
1930
1931 /* Unlink the section. */
1932 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1933
1934 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
1935 bfd_section_list_append (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
1936 }
1937 else if ((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
1938 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1939 && (bfd_get_flavour (s->owner)
1940 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
1941 && ((elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1942 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1943 || (elf_section_type (as) == SHT_NOTE
1944 && (as->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)))
1945 {
1946 /* Make sure that output note sections are grouped and sorted
1947 by alignments when inserting a note section or insert a
1948 section after a note section, */
1949 asection *sec;
1950 /* A specific section after which the output note section
1951 should be placed. */
1952 asection *after_sec;
1953 /* True if we need to insert the orphan section after a
1954 specific section to maintain output note section order. */
1955 bfd_boolean after_sec_note = FALSE;
1956
1957 static asection *first_orphan_note = NULL;
1958
1959 /* Group and sort output note section by alignments in
1960 ascending order. */
1961 after_sec = NULL;
1962 if (elf_section_type (s) == SHT_NOTE
1963 && (s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1964 {
1965 /* Search from the beginning for the last output note
1966 section with equal or larger alignments. NB: Don't
1967 place orphan note section after non-note sections. */
1968
1969 first_orphan_note = NULL;
1970 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
1971 (sec != NULL
1972 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
1973 sec = sec->next)
1974 if (sec != snew
1975 && elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
1976 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
1977 {
1978 if (!first_orphan_note)
1979 first_orphan_note = sec;
1980 if (sec->alignment_power >= s->alignment_power)
1981 after_sec = sec;
1982 }
1983 else if (first_orphan_note)
1984 {
1985 /* Stop if there is non-note section after the first
1986 orphan note section. */
1987 break;
1988 }
1989
1990 /* If this will be the first orphan note section, it can
1991 be placed at the default location. */
1992 after_sec_note = first_orphan_note != NULL;
1993 if (after_sec == NULL && after_sec_note)
1994 {
1995 /* If all output note sections have smaller
1996 alignments, place the section before all
1997 output orphan note sections. */
1998 after_sec = first_orphan_note;
1999 insert_after = FALSE;
2000 }
2001 }
2002 else if (first_orphan_note)
2003 {
2004 /* Don't place non-note sections in the middle of orphan
2005 note sections. */
2006 after_sec_note = TRUE;
2007 after_sec = as;
2008 for (sec = as->next;
2009 (sec != NULL
2010 && !bfd_is_abs_section (sec));
2011 sec = sec->next)
2012 if (elf_section_type (sec) == SHT_NOTE
2013 && (sec->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
2014 after_sec = sec;
2015 }
2016
2017 if (after_sec_note)
2018 {
2019 if (after_sec)
2020 {
2021 /* Search forward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2022 statement. */
2023 lang_output_section_statement_type *stmt, *next;
2024 bfd_boolean found = FALSE;
2025 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = next)
2026 {
2027 next = stmt->next;
2028 if (insert_after)
2029 {
2030 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2031 {
2032 place_after = TRUE;
2033 found = TRUE;
2034 after = stmt;
2035 break;
2036 }
2037 }
2038 else
2039 {
2040 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2041 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2042 if (next && next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2043 {
2044 place_after = TRUE;
2045 found = TRUE;
2046 after = stmt;
2047 break;
2048 }
2049 }
2050 }
2051
2052 /* Search backward to insert OS after AFTER_SEC output
2053 statement. */
2054 if (!found)
2055 for (stmt = after; stmt != NULL; stmt = stmt->prev)
2056 {
2057 if (insert_after)
2058 {
2059 if (stmt->bfd_section == after_sec)
2060 {
2061 place_after = TRUE;
2062 after = stmt;
2063 break;
2064 }
2065 }
2066 else
2067 {
2068 /* If INSERT_AFTER is FALSE, place OS before
2069 AFTER_SEC output statement. */
2070 if (stmt->next->bfd_section == after_sec)
2071 {
2072 place_after = TRUE;
2073 after = stmt;
2074 break;
2075 }
2076 }
2077 }
2078 }
2079
2080 if (after_sec == NULL
2081 || (insert_after && after_sec->next != snew)
2082 || (!insert_after && after_sec->prev != snew))
2083 {
2084 /* Unlink the section. */
2085 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2086
2087 /* Place SNEW after AFTER_SEC. If AFTER_SEC is NULL,
2088 prepend SNEW. */
2089 if (after_sec)
2090 {
2091 if (insert_after)
2092 bfd_section_list_insert_after (link_info.output_bfd,
2093 after_sec, snew);
2094 else
2095 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2096 after_sec, snew);
2097 }
2098 else
2099 bfd_section_list_prepend (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2100 }
2101 }
2102 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2103 {
2104 /* Unlink the section. */
2105 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2106
2107 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2108 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd,
2109 as, snew);
2110 }
2111 }
2112 else if (as != snew && as->prev != snew)
2113 {
2114 /* Unlink the section. */
2115 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, snew);
2116
2117 /* Now tack it back on in the right place. */
2118 bfd_section_list_insert_before (link_info.output_bfd, as, snew);
2119 }
2120
2121 /* Save the end of this list. Further ophans of this type will
2122 follow the one we've just added. */
2123 place->section = &snew->next;
2124
2125 /* The following is non-cosmetic. We try to put the output
2126 statements in some sort of reasonable order here, because they
2127 determine the final load addresses of the orphan sections.
2128 In addition, placing output statements in the wrong order may
2129 require extra segments. For instance, given a typical
2130 situation of all read-only sections placed in one segment and
2131 following that a segment containing all the read-write
2132 sections, we wouldn't want to place an orphan read/write
2133 section before or amongst the read-only ones. */
2134 if (add.head != NULL)
2135 {
2136 lang_output_section_statement_type *newly_added_os;
2137
2138 /* Place OS after AFTER if AFTER_NOTE is TRUE. */
2139 if (place_after)
2140 {
2141 lang_statement_union_type **where = insert_os_after (after);
2142
2143 *add.tail = *where;
2144 *where = add.head;
2145
2146 place->os_tail = &after->next;
2147 }
2148 else
2149 {
2150 /* Put it after the last orphan statement we added. */
2151 *add.tail = *place->stmt;
2152 *place->stmt = add.head;
2153 }
2154
2155 /* Fix the global list pointer if we happened to tack our
2156 new list at the tail. */
2157 if (*stat_ptr->tail == add.head)
2158 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
2159
2160 /* Save the end of this list. */
2161 place->stmt = add.tail;
2162
2163 /* Do the same for the list of output section statements. */
2164 newly_added_os = *os_tail;
2165 *os_tail = NULL;
2166 newly_added_os->prev = (lang_output_section_statement_type *)
2167 ((char *) place->os_tail
2168 - offsetof (lang_output_section_statement_type, next));
2169 newly_added_os->next = *place->os_tail;
2170 if (newly_added_os->next != NULL)
2171 newly_added_os->next->prev = newly_added_os;
2172 *place->os_tail = newly_added_os;
2173 place->os_tail = &newly_added_os->next;
2174
2175 /* Fixing the global list pointer here is a little different.
2176 We added to the list in lang_enter_output_section_statement,
2177 trimmed off the new output_section_statment above when
2178 assigning *os_tail = NULL, but possibly added it back in
2179 the same place when assigning *place->os_tail. */
2180 if (*os_tail == NULL)
2181 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) os_tail;
2182 }
2183 }
2184 return os;
2185 }
2186
2187 static void
2188 lang_print_asneeded (void)
2189 {
2190 struct asneeded_minfo *m;
2191
2192 if (asneeded_list_head == NULL)
2193 return;
2194
2195 minfo (_("\nAs-needed library included to satisfy reference by file (symbol)\n\n"));
2196
2197 for (m = asneeded_list_head; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2198 {
2199 size_t len;
2200
2201 minfo ("%s", m->soname);
2202 len = strlen (m->soname);
2203
2204 if (len >= 29)
2205 {
2206 print_nl ();
2207 len = 0;
2208 }
2209 while (len < 30)
2210 {
2211 print_space ();
2212 ++len;
2213 }
2214
2215 if (m->ref != NULL)
2216 minfo ("%pB ", m->ref);
2217 minfo ("(%pT)\n", m->name);
2218 }
2219 }
2220
2221 static void
2222 lang_map_flags (flagword flag)
2223 {
2224 if (flag & SEC_ALLOC)
2225 minfo ("a");
2226
2227 if (flag & SEC_CODE)
2228 minfo ("x");
2229
2230 if (flag & SEC_READONLY)
2231 minfo ("r");
2232
2233 if (flag & SEC_DATA)
2234 minfo ("w");
2235
2236 if (flag & SEC_LOAD)
2237 minfo ("l");
2238 }
2239
2240 void
2241 lang_map (void)
2242 {
2243 lang_memory_region_type *m;
2244 bfd_boolean dis_header_printed = FALSE;
2245
2246 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
2247 {
2248 asection *s;
2249
2250 if ((file->the_bfd->flags & (BFD_LINKER_CREATED | DYNAMIC)) != 0
2251 || file->flags.just_syms)
2252 continue;
2253
2254 if (config.print_map_discarded)
2255 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
2256 if ((s->output_section == NULL
2257 || s->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd)
2258 && (s->flags & (SEC_LINKER_CREATED | SEC_KEEP)) == 0)
2259 {
2260 if (! dis_header_printed)
2261 {
2262 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nDiscarded input sections\n\n"));
2263 dis_header_printed = TRUE;
2264 }
2265
2266 print_input_section (s, TRUE);
2267 }
2268 }
2269
2270 minfo (_("\nMemory Configuration\n\n"));
2271 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s %-18s %-18s %s\n",
2272 _("Name"), _("Origin"), _("Length"), _("Attributes"));
2273
2274 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m != NULL; m = m->next)
2275 {
2276 char buf[100];
2277 int len;
2278
2279 fprintf (config.map_file, "%-16s ", m->name_list.name);
2280
2281 sprintf_vma (buf, m->origin);
2282 minfo ("0x%s ", buf);
2283 len = strlen (buf);
2284 while (len < 16)
2285 {
2286 print_space ();
2287 ++len;
2288 }
2289
2290 minfo ("0x%V", m->length);
2291 if (m->flags || m->not_flags)
2292 {
2293 #ifndef BFD64
2294 minfo (" ");
2295 #endif
2296 if (m->flags)
2297 {
2298 print_space ();
2299 lang_map_flags (m->flags);
2300 }
2301
2302 if (m->not_flags)
2303 {
2304 minfo (" !");
2305 lang_map_flags (m->not_flags);
2306 }
2307 }
2308
2309 print_nl ();
2310 }
2311
2312 fprintf (config.map_file, _("\nLinker script and memory map\n\n"));
2313
2314 if (!link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
2315 {
2316 obstack_begin (&map_obstack, 1000);
2317 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, sort_def_symbol, 0);
2318 }
2319 expld.phase = lang_fixed_phase_enum;
2320 lang_statement_iteration++;
2321 print_statements ();
2322
2323 ldemul_extra_map_file_text (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info,
2324 config.map_file);
2325 }
2326
2327 static bfd_boolean
2328 sort_def_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry,
2329 void *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
2330 {
2331 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
2332 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
2333 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
2334 && hash_entry->u.def.section->owner != NULL)
2335 {
2336 input_section_userdata_type *ud;
2337 struct map_symbol_def *def;
2338
2339 ud = bfd_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section);
2340 if (!ud)
2341 {
2342 ud = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ud));
2343 bfd_set_section_userdata (hash_entry->u.def.section, ud);
2344 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2345 ud->map_symbol_def_count = 0;
2346 }
2347 else if (!ud->map_symbol_def_tail)
2348 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &ud->map_symbol_def_head;
2349
2350 def = (struct map_symbol_def *) obstack_alloc (&map_obstack, sizeof *def);
2351 def->entry = hash_entry;
2352 *(ud->map_symbol_def_tail) = def;
2353 ud->map_symbol_def_tail = &def->next;
2354 ud->map_symbol_def_count++;
2355 }
2356 return TRUE;
2357 }
2358
2359 /* Initialize an output section. */
2360
2361 static void
2362 init_os (lang_output_section_statement_type *s, flagword flags)
2363 {
2364 if (strcmp (s->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2365 einfo (_("%F%P: illegal use of `%s' section\n"), DISCARD_SECTION_NAME);
2366
2367 if (s->constraint != SPECIAL)
2368 s->bfd_section = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, s->name);
2369 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2370 s->bfd_section = bfd_make_section_anyway_with_flags (link_info.output_bfd,
2371 s->name, flags);
2372 if (s->bfd_section == NULL)
2373 {
2374 einfo (_("%F%P: output format %s cannot represent section"
2375 " called %s: %E\n"),
2376 link_info.output_bfd->xvec->name, s->name);
2377 }
2378 s->bfd_section->output_section = s->bfd_section;
2379 s->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
2380
2381 /* Set the userdata of the output section to the output section
2382 statement to avoid lookup. */
2383 bfd_set_section_userdata (s->bfd_section, s);
2384
2385 /* If there is a base address, make sure that any sections it might
2386 mention are initialized. */
2387 if (s->addr_tree != NULL)
2388 exp_init_os (s->addr_tree);
2389
2390 if (s->load_base != NULL)
2391 exp_init_os (s->load_base);
2392
2393 /* If supplied an alignment, set it. */
2394 if (s->section_alignment != NULL)
2395 s->bfd_section->alignment_power = exp_get_power (s->section_alignment,
2396 "section alignment");
2397 }
2398
2399 /* Make sure that all output sections mentioned in an expression are
2400 initialized. */
2401
2402 static void
2403 exp_init_os (etree_type *exp)
2404 {
2405 switch (exp->type.node_class)
2406 {
2407 case etree_assign:
2408 case etree_provide:
2409 case etree_provided:
2410 exp_init_os (exp->assign.src);
2411 break;
2412
2413 case etree_binary:
2414 exp_init_os (exp->binary.lhs);
2415 exp_init_os (exp->binary.rhs);
2416 break;
2417
2418 case etree_trinary:
2419 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.cond);
2420 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.lhs);
2421 exp_init_os (exp->trinary.rhs);
2422 break;
2423
2424 case etree_assert:
2425 exp_init_os (exp->assert_s.child);
2426 break;
2427
2428 case etree_unary:
2429 exp_init_os (exp->unary.child);
2430 break;
2431
2432 case etree_name:
2433 switch (exp->type.node_code)
2434 {
2435 case ADDR:
2436 case LOADADDR:
2437 case SIZEOF:
2438 {
2439 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2440
2441 os = lang_output_section_find (exp->name.name);
2442 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
2443 init_os (os, 0);
2444 }
2445 }
2446 break;
2447
2448 default:
2449 break;
2450 }
2451 }
2452 \f
2453 static void
2454 section_already_linked (bfd *abfd, asection *sec, void *data)
2455 {
2456 lang_input_statement_type *entry = (lang_input_statement_type *) data;
2457
2458 /* If we are only reading symbols from this object, then we want to
2459 discard all sections. */
2460 if (entry->flags.just_syms)
2461 {
2462 bfd_link_just_syms (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2463 return;
2464 }
2465
2466 /* Deal with SHF_EXCLUDE ELF sections. */
2467 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
2468 && (abfd->flags & BFD_PLUGIN) == 0
2469 && (sec->flags & (SEC_GROUP | SEC_KEEP | SEC_EXCLUDE)) == SEC_EXCLUDE)
2470 sec->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2471
2472 if (!(abfd->flags & DYNAMIC))
2473 bfd_section_already_linked (abfd, sec, &link_info);
2474 }
2475 \f
2476
2477 /* Returns true if SECTION is one we know will be discarded based on its
2478 section flags, otherwise returns false. */
2479
2480 static bfd_boolean
2481 lang_discard_section_p (asection *section)
2482 {
2483 bfd_boolean discard;
2484 flagword flags = section->flags;
2485
2486 /* Discard sections marked with SEC_EXCLUDE. */
2487 discard = (flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0;
2488
2489 /* Discard the group descriptor sections when we're finally placing the
2490 sections from within the group. */
2491 if ((flags & SEC_GROUP) != 0
2492 && link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2493 discard = TRUE;
2494
2495 /* Discard debugging sections if we are stripping debugging
2496 information. */
2497 if ((link_info.strip == strip_debugger || link_info.strip == strip_all)
2498 && (flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) != 0)
2499 discard = TRUE;
2500
2501 return discard;
2502 }
2503
2504 /* The wild routines.
2505
2506 These expand statements like *(.text) and foo.o to a list of
2507 explicit actions, like foo.o(.text), bar.o(.text) and
2508 foo.o(.text, .data). */
2509
2510 /* Add SECTION to the output section OUTPUT. Do this by creating a
2511 lang_input_section statement which is placed at PTR. */
2512
2513 void
2514 lang_add_section (lang_statement_list_type *ptr,
2515 asection *section,
2516 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2517 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
2518 {
2519 flagword flags = section->flags;
2520
2521 bfd_boolean discard;
2522 lang_input_section_type *new_section;
2523 bfd *abfd = link_info.output_bfd;
2524
2525 /* Is this section one we know should be discarded? */
2526 discard = lang_discard_section_p (section);
2527
2528 /* Discard input sections which are assigned to a section named
2529 DISCARD_SECTION_NAME. */
2530 if (strcmp (output->name, DISCARD_SECTION_NAME) == 0)
2531 discard = TRUE;
2532
2533 if (discard)
2534 {
2535 if (section->output_section == NULL)
2536 {
2537 /* This prevents future calls from assigning this section. */
2538 section->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
2539 }
2540 return;
2541 }
2542
2543 if (sflag_info)
2544 {
2545 bfd_boolean keep;
2546
2547 keep = bfd_lookup_section_flags (&link_info, sflag_info, section);
2548 if (!keep)
2549 return;
2550 }
2551
2552 if (section->output_section != NULL)
2553 return;
2554
2555 /* We don't copy the SEC_NEVER_LOAD flag from an input section
2556 to an output section, because we want to be able to include a
2557 SEC_NEVER_LOAD section in the middle of an otherwise loaded
2558 section (I don't know why we want to do this, but we do).
2559 build_link_order in ldwrite.c handles this case by turning
2560 the embedded SEC_NEVER_LOAD section into a fill. */
2561 flags &= ~ SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2562
2563 /* If final link, don't copy the SEC_LINK_ONCE flags, they've
2564 already been processed. One reason to do this is that on pe
2565 format targets, .text$foo sections go into .text and it's odd
2566 to see .text with SEC_LINK_ONCE set. */
2567 if ((flags & (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP)) == (SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_GROUP))
2568 {
2569 if (link_info.resolve_section_groups)
2570 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2571 else
2572 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2573 }
2574 else if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
2575 flags &= ~(SEC_LINK_ONCE | SEC_LINK_DUPLICATES | SEC_RELOC);
2576
2577 switch (output->sectype)
2578 {
2579 case normal_section:
2580 case overlay_section:
2581 case first_overlay_section:
2582 break;
2583 case noalloc_section:
2584 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2585 break;
2586 case noload_section:
2587 flags &= ~SEC_LOAD;
2588 flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
2589 /* Unfortunately GNU ld has managed to evolve two different
2590 meanings to NOLOAD in scripts. ELF gets a .bss style noload,
2591 alloc, no contents section. All others get a noload, noalloc
2592 section. */
2593 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
2594 flags &= ~SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
2595 else
2596 flags &= ~SEC_ALLOC;
2597 break;
2598 }
2599
2600 if (output->bfd_section == NULL)
2601 init_os (output, flags);
2602
2603 /* If SEC_READONLY is not set in the input section, then clear
2604 it from the output section. */
2605 output->bfd_section->flags &= flags | ~SEC_READONLY;
2606
2607 if (output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2608 {
2609 /* Only set SEC_READONLY flag on the first input section. */
2610 flags &= ~ SEC_READONLY;
2611
2612 /* Keep SEC_MERGE and SEC_STRINGS only if they are the same. */
2613 if ((output->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2614 != (flags & (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS))
2615 || ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0
2616 && output->bfd_section->entsize != section->entsize))
2617 {
2618 output->bfd_section->flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2619 flags &= ~ (SEC_MERGE | SEC_STRINGS);
2620 }
2621 }
2622 output->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
2623
2624 if (!output->bfd_section->linker_has_input)
2625 {
2626 output->bfd_section->linker_has_input = 1;
2627 /* This must happen after flags have been updated. The output
2628 section may have been created before we saw its first input
2629 section, eg. for a data statement. */
2630 bfd_init_private_section_data (section->owner, section,
2631 link_info.output_bfd,
2632 output->bfd_section,
2633 &link_info);
2634 if ((flags & SEC_MERGE) != 0)
2635 output->bfd_section->entsize = section->entsize;
2636 }
2637
2638 if ((flags & SEC_TIC54X_BLOCK) != 0
2639 && bfd_get_arch (section->owner) == bfd_arch_tic54x)
2640 {
2641 /* FIXME: This value should really be obtained from the bfd... */
2642 output->block_value = 128;
2643 }
2644
2645 if (section->alignment_power > output->bfd_section->alignment_power)
2646 output->bfd_section->alignment_power = section->alignment_power;
2647
2648 section->output_section = output->bfd_section;
2649
2650 if (!map_head_is_link_order)
2651 {
2652 asection *s = output->bfd_section->map_tail.s;
2653 output->bfd_section->map_tail.s = section;
2654 section->map_head.s = NULL;
2655 section->map_tail.s = s;
2656 if (s != NULL)
2657 s->map_head.s = section;
2658 else
2659 output->bfd_section->map_head.s = section;
2660 }
2661
2662 /* Add a section reference to the list. */
2663 new_section = new_stat (lang_input_section, ptr);
2664 new_section->section = section;
2665 }
2666
2667 /* Handle wildcard sorting. This returns the lang_input_section which
2668 should follow the one we are going to create for SECTION and FILE,
2669 based on the sorting requirements of WILD. It returns NULL if the
2670 new section should just go at the end of the current list. */
2671
2672 static lang_statement_union_type *
2673 wild_sort (lang_wild_statement_type *wild,
2674 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2675 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2676 asection *section)
2677 {
2678 lang_statement_union_type *l;
2679
2680 if (!wild->filenames_sorted
2681 && (sec == NULL || sec->spec.sorted == none))
2682 return NULL;
2683
2684 for (l = wild->children.head; l != NULL; l = l->header.next)
2685 {
2686 lang_input_section_type *ls;
2687
2688 if (l->header.type != lang_input_section_enum)
2689 continue;
2690 ls = &l->input_section;
2691
2692 /* Sorting by filename takes precedence over sorting by section
2693 name. */
2694
2695 if (wild->filenames_sorted)
2696 {
2697 const char *fn, *ln;
2698 bfd_boolean fa, la;
2699 int i;
2700
2701 /* The PE support for the .idata section as generated by
2702 dlltool assumes that files will be sorted by the name of
2703 the archive and then the name of the file within the
2704 archive. */
2705
2706 if (file->the_bfd != NULL
2707 && file->the_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
2708 {
2709 fn = bfd_get_filename (file->the_bfd->my_archive);
2710 fa = TRUE;
2711 }
2712 else
2713 {
2714 fn = file->filename;
2715 fa = FALSE;
2716 }
2717
2718 if (ls->section->owner->my_archive != NULL)
2719 {
2720 ln = bfd_get_filename (ls->section->owner->my_archive);
2721 la = TRUE;
2722 }
2723 else
2724 {
2725 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2726 la = FALSE;
2727 }
2728
2729 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2730 if (i > 0)
2731 continue;
2732 else if (i < 0)
2733 break;
2734
2735 if (fa || la)
2736 {
2737 if (fa)
2738 fn = file->filename;
2739 if (la)
2740 ln = ls->section->owner->filename;
2741
2742 i = filename_cmp (fn, ln);
2743 if (i > 0)
2744 continue;
2745 else if (i < 0)
2746 break;
2747 }
2748 }
2749
2750 /* Here either the files are not sorted by name, or we are
2751 looking at the sections for this file. */
2752
2753 if (sec != NULL
2754 && sec->spec.sorted != none
2755 && sec->spec.sorted != by_none)
2756 if (compare_section (sec->spec.sorted, section, ls->section) < 0)
2757 break;
2758 }
2759
2760 return l;
2761 }
2762
2763 /* Expand a wild statement for a particular FILE. SECTION may be
2764 NULL, in which case it is a wild card. */
2765
2766 static void
2767 output_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
2768 struct wildcard_list *sec,
2769 asection *section,
2770 struct flag_info *sflag_info,
2771 lang_input_statement_type *file,
2772 void *output)
2773 {
2774 lang_statement_union_type *before;
2775 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2776
2777 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2778
2779 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2780 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2781 return;
2782
2783 before = wild_sort (ptr, sec, file, section);
2784
2785 /* Here BEFORE points to the lang_input_section which
2786 should follow the one we are about to add. If BEFORE
2787 is NULL, then the section should just go at the end
2788 of the current list. */
2789
2790 if (before == NULL)
2791 lang_add_section (&ptr->children, section, sflag_info, os);
2792 else
2793 {
2794 lang_statement_list_type list;
2795 lang_statement_union_type **pp;
2796
2797 lang_list_init (&list);
2798 lang_add_section (&list, section, sflag_info, os);
2799
2800 /* If we are discarding the section, LIST.HEAD will
2801 be NULL. */
2802 if (list.head != NULL)
2803 {
2804 ASSERT (list.head->header.next == NULL);
2805
2806 for (pp = &ptr->children.head;
2807 *pp != before;
2808 pp = &(*pp)->header.next)
2809 ASSERT (*pp != NULL);
2810
2811 list.head->header.next = *pp;
2812 *pp = list.head;
2813 }
2814 }
2815 }
2816
2817 /* Check if all sections in a wild statement for a particular FILE
2818 are readonly. */
2819
2820 static void
2821 check_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2822 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2823 asection *section,
2824 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2825 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
2826 void *output)
2827 {
2828 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
2829
2830 os = (lang_output_section_statement_type *) output;
2831
2832 /* Exclude sections that match UNIQUE_SECTION_LIST. */
2833 if (unique_section_p (section, os))
2834 return;
2835
2836 if (section->output_section == NULL && (section->flags & SEC_READONLY) == 0)
2837 os->all_input_readonly = FALSE;
2838 }
2839
2840 /* This is passed a file name which must have been seen already and
2841 added to the statement tree. We will see if it has been opened
2842 already and had its symbols read. If not then we'll read it. */
2843
2844 static lang_input_statement_type *
2845 lookup_name (const char *name)
2846 {
2847 lang_input_statement_type *search;
2848
2849 for (search = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
2850 search != NULL;
2851 search = search->next_real_file)
2852 {
2853 /* Use the local_sym_name as the name of the file that has
2854 already been loaded as filename might have been transformed
2855 via the search directory lookup mechanism. */
2856 const char *filename = search->local_sym_name;
2857
2858 if (filename != NULL
2859 && filename_cmp (filename, name) == 0)
2860 break;
2861 }
2862
2863 if (search == NULL)
2864 {
2865 /* Arrange to splice the input statement added by new_afile into
2866 statement_list after the current input_file_chain tail.
2867 We know input_file_chain is not an empty list, and that
2868 lookup_name was called via open_input_bfds. Later calls to
2869 lookup_name should always match an existing input_statement. */
2870 lang_statement_union_type **tail = stat_ptr->tail;
2871 lang_statement_union_type **after
2872 = (void *) ((char *) input_file_chain.tail
2873 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next_real_file)
2874 + offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, header.next));
2875 lang_statement_union_type *rest = *after;
2876 stat_ptr->tail = after;
2877 search = new_afile (name, lang_input_file_is_search_file_enum,
2878 default_target);
2879 *stat_ptr->tail = rest;
2880 if (*tail == NULL)
2881 stat_ptr->tail = tail;
2882 }
2883
2884 /* If we have already added this file, or this file is not real
2885 don't add this file. */
2886 if (search->flags.loaded || !search->flags.real)
2887 return search;
2888
2889 if (!load_symbols (search, NULL))
2890 return NULL;
2891
2892 return search;
2893 }
2894
2895 /* Save LIST as a list of libraries whose symbols should not be exported. */
2896
2897 struct excluded_lib
2898 {
2899 char *name;
2900 struct excluded_lib *next;
2901 };
2902 static struct excluded_lib *excluded_libs;
2903
2904 void
2905 add_excluded_libs (const char *list)
2906 {
2907 const char *p = list, *end;
2908
2909 while (*p != '\0')
2910 {
2911 struct excluded_lib *entry;
2912 end = strpbrk (p, ",:");
2913 if (end == NULL)
2914 end = p + strlen (p);
2915 entry = (struct excluded_lib *) xmalloc (sizeof (*entry));
2916 entry->next = excluded_libs;
2917 entry->name = (char *) xmalloc (end - p + 1);
2918 memcpy (entry->name, p, end - p);
2919 entry->name[end - p] = '\0';
2920 excluded_libs = entry;
2921 if (*end == '\0')
2922 break;
2923 p = end + 1;
2924 }
2925 }
2926
2927 static void
2928 check_excluded_libs (bfd *abfd)
2929 {
2930 struct excluded_lib *lib = excluded_libs;
2931
2932 while (lib)
2933 {
2934 int len = strlen (lib->name);
2935 const char *filename = lbasename (abfd->filename);
2936
2937 if (strcmp (lib->name, "ALL") == 0)
2938 {
2939 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2940 return;
2941 }
2942
2943 if (filename_ncmp (lib->name, filename, len) == 0
2944 && (filename[len] == '\0'
2945 || (filename[len] == '.' && filename[len + 1] == 'a'
2946 && filename[len + 2] == '\0')))
2947 {
2948 abfd->no_export = TRUE;
2949 return;
2950 }
2951
2952 lib = lib->next;
2953 }
2954 }
2955
2956 /* Get the symbols for an input file. */
2957
2958 bfd_boolean
2959 load_symbols (lang_input_statement_type *entry,
2960 lang_statement_list_type *place)
2961 {
2962 char **matching;
2963
2964 if (entry->flags.loaded)
2965 return TRUE;
2966
2967 ldfile_open_file (entry);
2968
2969 /* Do not process further if the file was missing. */
2970 if (entry->flags.missing_file)
2971 return TRUE;
2972
2973 if (trace_files || verbose)
2974 info_msg ("%pI\n", entry);
2975
2976 if (!bfd_check_format (entry->the_bfd, bfd_archive)
2977 && !bfd_check_format_matches (entry->the_bfd, bfd_object, &matching))
2978 {
2979 bfd_error_type err;
2980 struct lang_input_statement_flags save_flags;
2981 extern FILE *yyin;
2982
2983 err = bfd_get_error ();
2984
2985 /* See if the emulation has some special knowledge. */
2986 if (ldemul_unrecognized_file (entry))
2987 return TRUE;
2988
2989 if (err == bfd_error_file_ambiguously_recognized)
2990 {
2991 char **p;
2992
2993 einfo (_("%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E;"
2994 " matching formats:"), entry->the_bfd);
2995 for (p = matching; *p != NULL; p++)
2996 einfo (" %s", *p);
2997 einfo ("%F\n");
2998 }
2999 else if (err != bfd_error_file_not_recognized
3000 || place == NULL)
3001 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: file not recognized: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3002
3003 bfd_close (entry->the_bfd);
3004 entry->the_bfd = NULL;
3005
3006 /* Try to interpret the file as a linker script. */
3007 save_flags = input_flags;
3008 ldfile_open_command_file (entry->filename);
3009
3010 push_stat_ptr (place);
3011 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3012 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular;
3013 input_flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic
3014 = entry->flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_dynamic;
3015 input_flags.whole_archive = entry->flags.whole_archive;
3016 input_flags.dynamic = entry->flags.dynamic;
3017
3018 ldfile_assumed_script = TRUE;
3019 parser_input = input_script;
3020 yyparse ();
3021 ldfile_assumed_script = FALSE;
3022
3023 /* missing_file is sticky. sysrooted will already have been
3024 restored when seeing EOF in yyparse, but no harm to restore
3025 again. */
3026 save_flags.missing_file |= input_flags.missing_file;
3027 input_flags = save_flags;
3028 pop_stat_ptr ();
3029 fclose (yyin);
3030 yyin = NULL;
3031 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3032
3033 return TRUE;
3034 }
3035
3036 if (ldemul_recognized_file (entry))
3037 return TRUE;
3038
3039 /* We don't call ldlang_add_file for an archive. Instead, the
3040 add_symbols entry point will call ldlang_add_file, via the
3041 add_archive_element callback, for each element of the archive
3042 which is used. */
3043 switch (bfd_get_format (entry->the_bfd))
3044 {
3045 default:
3046 break;
3047
3048 case bfd_object:
3049 if (!entry->flags.reload)
3050 ldlang_add_file (entry);
3051 break;
3052
3053 case bfd_archive:
3054 check_excluded_libs (entry->the_bfd);
3055
3056 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
3057 if (entry->flags.whole_archive)
3058 {
3059 bfd *member = NULL;
3060 bfd_boolean loaded = TRUE;
3061
3062 for (;;)
3063 {
3064 bfd *subsbfd;
3065 member = bfd_openr_next_archived_file (entry->the_bfd, member);
3066
3067 if (member == NULL)
3068 break;
3069
3070 if (!bfd_check_format (member, bfd_object))
3071 {
3072 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: member %pB in archive is not an object\n"),
3073 entry->the_bfd, member);
3074 loaded = FALSE;
3075 }
3076
3077 subsbfd = member;
3078 if (!(*link_info.callbacks
3079 ->add_archive_element) (&link_info, member,
3080 "--whole-archive", &subsbfd))
3081 abort ();
3082
3083 /* Potentially, the add_archive_element hook may have set a
3084 substitute BFD for us. */
3085 if (!bfd_link_add_symbols (subsbfd, &link_info))
3086 {
3087 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), member);
3088 loaded = FALSE;
3089 }
3090 }
3091
3092 entry->flags.loaded = loaded;
3093 return loaded;
3094 }
3095 break;
3096 }
3097
3098 if (bfd_link_add_symbols (entry->the_bfd, &link_info))
3099 entry->flags.loaded = TRUE;
3100 else
3101 einfo (_("%F%P: %pB: error adding symbols: %E\n"), entry->the_bfd);
3102
3103 return entry->flags.loaded;
3104 }
3105
3106 /* Handle a wild statement. S->FILENAME or S->SECTION_LIST or both
3107 may be NULL, indicating that it is a wildcard. Separate
3108 lang_input_section statements are created for each part of the
3109 expansion; they are added after the wild statement S. OUTPUT is
3110 the output section. */
3111
3112 static void
3113 wild (lang_wild_statement_type *s,
3114 const char *target ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
3115 lang_output_section_statement_type *output)
3116 {
3117 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3118
3119 if (s->handler_data[0]
3120 && s->handler_data[0]->spec.sorted == by_name
3121 && !s->filenames_sorted)
3122 {
3123 lang_section_bst_type *tree;
3124
3125 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback_fast, output);
3126
3127 tree = s->tree;
3128 if (tree)
3129 {
3130 output_section_callback_tree_to_list (s, tree, output);
3131 s->tree = NULL;
3132 }
3133 }
3134 else
3135 walk_wild (s, output_section_callback, output);
3136
3137 if (default_common_section == NULL)
3138 for (sec = s->section_list; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
3139 if (sec->spec.name != NULL && strcmp (sec->spec.name, "COMMON") == 0)
3140 {
3141 /* Remember the section that common is going to in case we
3142 later get something which doesn't know where to put it. */
3143 default_common_section = output;
3144 break;
3145 }
3146 }
3147
3148 /* Return TRUE iff target is the sought target. */
3149
3150 static int
3151 get_target (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3152 {
3153 const char *sought = (const char *) data;
3154
3155 return strcmp (target->name, sought) == 0;
3156 }
3157
3158 /* Like strcpy() but convert to lower case as well. */
3159
3160 static void
3161 stricpy (char *dest, const char *src)
3162 {
3163 char c;
3164
3165 while ((c = *src++) != 0)
3166 *dest++ = TOLOWER (c);
3167
3168 *dest = 0;
3169 }
3170
3171 /* Remove the first occurrence of needle (if any) in haystack
3172 from haystack. */
3173
3174 static void
3175 strcut (char *haystack, const char *needle)
3176 {
3177 haystack = strstr (haystack, needle);
3178
3179 if (haystack)
3180 {
3181 char *src;
3182
3183 for (src = haystack + strlen (needle); *src;)
3184 *haystack++ = *src++;
3185
3186 *haystack = 0;
3187 }
3188 }
3189
3190 /* Compare two target format name strings.
3191 Return a value indicating how "similar" they are. */
3192
3193 static int
3194 name_compare (const char *first, const char *second)
3195 {
3196 char *copy1;
3197 char *copy2;
3198 int result;
3199
3200 copy1 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (first) + 1);
3201 copy2 = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (second) + 1);
3202
3203 /* Convert the names to lower case. */
3204 stricpy (copy1, first);
3205 stricpy (copy2, second);
3206
3207 /* Remove size and endian strings from the name. */
3208 strcut (copy1, "big");
3209 strcut (copy1, "little");
3210 strcut (copy2, "big");
3211 strcut (copy2, "little");
3212
3213 /* Return a value based on how many characters match,
3214 starting from the beginning. If both strings are
3215 the same then return 10 * their length. */
3216 for (result = 0; copy1[result] == copy2[result]; result++)
3217 if (copy1[result] == 0)
3218 {
3219 result *= 10;
3220 break;
3221 }
3222
3223 free (copy1);
3224 free (copy2);
3225
3226 return result;
3227 }
3228
3229 /* Set by closest_target_match() below. */
3230 static const bfd_target *winner;
3231
3232 /* Scan all the valid bfd targets looking for one that has the endianness
3233 requirement that was specified on the command line, and is the nearest
3234 match to the original output target. */
3235
3236 static int
3237 closest_target_match (const bfd_target *target, void *data)
3238 {
3239 const bfd_target *original = (const bfd_target *) data;
3240
3241 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
3242 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_BIG)
3243 return 0;
3244
3245 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
3246 && target->byteorder != BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE)
3247 return 0;
3248
3249 /* Must be the same flavour. */
3250 if (target->flavour != original->flavour)
3251 return 0;
3252
3253 /* Ignore generic big and little endian elf vectors. */
3254 if (strcmp (target->name, "elf32-big") == 0
3255 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-big") == 0
3256 || strcmp (target->name, "elf32-little") == 0
3257 || strcmp (target->name, "elf64-little") == 0)
3258 return 0;
3259
3260 /* If we have not found a potential winner yet, then record this one. */
3261 if (winner == NULL)
3262 {
3263 winner = target;
3264 return 0;
3265 }
3266
3267 /* Oh dear, we now have two potential candidates for a successful match.
3268 Compare their names and choose the better one. */
3269 if (name_compare (target->name, original->name)
3270 > name_compare (winner->name, original->name))
3271 winner = target;
3272
3273 /* Keep on searching until wqe have checked them all. */
3274 return 0;
3275 }
3276
3277 /* Return the BFD target format of the first input file. */
3278
3279 static const char *
3280 get_first_input_target (void)
3281 {
3282 const char *target = NULL;
3283
3284 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (s)
3285 {
3286 if (s->header.type == lang_input_statement_enum
3287 && s->flags.real)
3288 {
3289 ldfile_open_file (s);
3290
3291 if (s->the_bfd != NULL
3292 && bfd_check_format (s->the_bfd, bfd_object))
3293 {
3294 target = bfd_get_target (s->the_bfd);
3295
3296 if (target != NULL)
3297 break;
3298 }
3299 }
3300 }
3301
3302 return target;
3303 }
3304
3305 const char *
3306 lang_get_output_target (void)
3307 {
3308 const char *target;
3309
3310 /* Has the user told us which output format to use? */
3311 if (output_target != NULL)
3312 return output_target;
3313
3314 /* No - has the current target been set to something other than
3315 the default? */
3316 if (current_target != default_target && current_target != NULL)
3317 return current_target;
3318
3319 /* No - can we determine the format of the first input file? */
3320 target = get_first_input_target ();
3321 if (target != NULL)
3322 return target;
3323
3324 /* Failed - use the default output target. */
3325 return default_target;
3326 }
3327
3328 /* Open the output file. */
3329
3330 static void
3331 open_output (const char *name)
3332 {
3333 output_target = lang_get_output_target ();
3334
3335 /* Has the user requested a particular endianness on the command
3336 line? */
3337 if (command_line.endian != ENDIAN_UNSET)
3338 {
3339 /* Get the chosen target. */
3340 const bfd_target *target
3341 = bfd_iterate_over_targets (get_target, (void *) output_target);
3342
3343 /* If the target is not supported, we cannot do anything. */
3344 if (target != NULL)
3345 {
3346 enum bfd_endian desired_endian;
3347
3348 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG)
3349 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_BIG;
3350 else
3351 desired_endian = BFD_ENDIAN_LITTLE;
3352
3353 /* See if the target has the wrong endianness. This should
3354 not happen if the linker script has provided big and
3355 little endian alternatives, but some scrips don't do
3356 this. */
3357 if (target->byteorder != desired_endian)
3358 {
3359 /* If it does, then see if the target provides
3360 an alternative with the correct endianness. */
3361 if (target->alternative_target != NULL
3362 && (target->alternative_target->byteorder == desired_endian))
3363 output_target = target->alternative_target->name;
3364 else
3365 {
3366 /* Try to find a target as similar as possible to
3367 the default target, but which has the desired
3368 endian characteristic. */
3369 bfd_iterate_over_targets (closest_target_match,
3370 (void *) target);
3371
3372 /* Oh dear - we could not find any targets that
3373 satisfy our requirements. */
3374 if (winner == NULL)
3375 einfo (_("%P: warning: could not find any targets"
3376 " that match endianness requirement\n"));
3377 else
3378 output_target = winner->name;
3379 }
3380 }
3381 }
3382 }
3383
3384 link_info.output_bfd = bfd_openw (name, output_target);
3385
3386 if (link_info.output_bfd == NULL)
3387 {
3388 if (bfd_get_error () == bfd_error_invalid_target)
3389 einfo (_("%F%P: target %s not found\n"), output_target);
3390
3391 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot open output file %s: %E\n"), name);
3392 }
3393
3394 delete_output_file_on_failure = TRUE;
3395
3396 if (!bfd_set_format (link_info.output_bfd, bfd_object))
3397 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not make object file: %E\n"), name);
3398 if (!bfd_set_arch_mach (link_info.output_bfd,
3399 ldfile_output_architecture,
3400 ldfile_output_machine))
3401 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can not set architecture: %E\n"), name);
3402
3403 link_info.hash = bfd_link_hash_table_create (link_info.output_bfd);
3404 if (link_info.hash == NULL)
3405 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
3406
3407 bfd_set_gp_size (link_info.output_bfd, g_switch_value);
3408 }
3409
3410 static void
3411 ldlang_open_output (lang_statement_union_type *statement)
3412 {
3413 switch (statement->header.type)
3414 {
3415 case lang_output_statement_enum:
3416 ASSERT (link_info.output_bfd == NULL);
3417 open_output (statement->output_statement.name);
3418 ldemul_set_output_arch ();
3419 if (config.magic_demand_paged
3420 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
3421 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= D_PAGED;
3422 else
3423 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~D_PAGED;
3424 if (config.text_read_only)
3425 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= WP_TEXT;
3426 else
3427 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~WP_TEXT;
3428 if (link_info.traditional_format)
3429 link_info.output_bfd->flags |= BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3430 else
3431 link_info.output_bfd->flags &= ~BFD_TRADITIONAL_FORMAT;
3432 break;
3433
3434 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3435 current_target = statement->target_statement.target;
3436 break;
3437 default:
3438 break;
3439 }
3440 }
3441
3442 static void
3443 init_opb (asection *s)
3444 {
3445 unsigned int x;
3446
3447 opb_shift = 0;
3448 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3449 && s != NULL
3450 && (s->flags & SEC_ELF_OCTETS) != 0)
3451 return;
3452
3453 x = bfd_arch_mach_octets_per_byte (ldfile_output_architecture,
3454 ldfile_output_machine);
3455 if (x > 1)
3456 while ((x & 1) == 0)
3457 {
3458 x >>= 1;
3459 ++opb_shift;
3460 }
3461 ASSERT (x == 1);
3462 }
3463
3464 /* Open all the input files. */
3465
3466 enum open_bfd_mode
3467 {
3468 OPEN_BFD_NORMAL = 0,
3469 OPEN_BFD_FORCE = 1,
3470 OPEN_BFD_RESCAN = 2
3471 };
3472 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3473 static lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert = NULL;
3474 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry *plugin_undefs = NULL;
3475 #endif
3476
3477 static void
3478 open_input_bfds (lang_statement_union_type *s, enum open_bfd_mode mode)
3479 {
3480 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3481 {
3482 switch (s->header.type)
3483 {
3484 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3485 open_input_bfds (constructor_list.head, mode);
3486 break;
3487 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3488 open_input_bfds (s->output_section_statement.children.head, mode);
3489 break;
3490 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3491 /* Maybe we should load the file's symbols. */
3492 if ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3493 && s->wild_statement.filename
3494 && !wildcardp (s->wild_statement.filename)
3495 && !archive_path (s->wild_statement.filename))
3496 lookup_name (s->wild_statement.filename);
3497 open_input_bfds (s->wild_statement.children.head, mode);
3498 break;
3499 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3500 {
3501 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *undefs;
3502 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3503 lang_input_statement_type *plugin_insert_save;
3504 #endif
3505
3506 /* We must continually search the entries in the group
3507 until no new symbols are added to the list of undefined
3508 symbols. */
3509
3510 do
3511 {
3512 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3513 plugin_insert_save = plugin_insert;
3514 #endif
3515 undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
3516 open_input_bfds (s->group_statement.children.head,
3517 mode | OPEN_BFD_FORCE);
3518 }
3519 while (undefs != link_info.hash->undefs_tail
3520 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3521 /* Objects inserted by a plugin, which are loaded
3522 before we hit this loop, may have added new
3523 undefs. */
3524 || (plugin_insert != plugin_insert_save && plugin_undefs)
3525 #endif
3526 );
3527 }
3528 break;
3529 case lang_target_statement_enum:
3530 current_target = s->target_statement.target;
3531 break;
3532 case lang_input_statement_enum:
3533 if (s->input_statement.flags.real)
3534 {
3535 lang_statement_union_type **os_tail;
3536 lang_statement_list_type add;
3537 bfd *abfd;
3538
3539 s->input_statement.target = current_target;
3540
3541 /* If we are being called from within a group, and this
3542 is an archive which has already been searched, then
3543 force it to be researched unless the whole archive
3544 has been loaded already. Do the same for a rescan.
3545 Likewise reload --as-needed shared libs. */
3546 if (mode != OPEN_BFD_NORMAL
3547 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3548 && ((mode & OPEN_BFD_RESCAN) == 0
3549 || plugin_insert == NULL)
3550 #endif
3551 && s->input_statement.flags.loaded
3552 && (abfd = s->input_statement.the_bfd) != NULL
3553 && ((bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_archive
3554 && !s->input_statement.flags.whole_archive)
3555 || (bfd_get_format (abfd) == bfd_object
3556 && ((abfd->flags) & DYNAMIC) != 0
3557 && s->input_statement.flags.add_DT_NEEDED_for_regular
3558 && bfd_get_flavour (abfd) == bfd_target_elf_flavour
3559 && (elf_dyn_lib_class (abfd) & DYN_AS_NEEDED) != 0)))
3560 {
3561 s->input_statement.flags.loaded = FALSE;
3562 s->input_statement.flags.reload = TRUE;
3563 }
3564
3565 os_tail = lang_os_list.tail;
3566 lang_list_init (&add);
3567
3568 if (!load_symbols (&s->input_statement, &add))
3569 config.make_executable = FALSE;
3570
3571 if (add.head != NULL)
3572 {
3573 /* If this was a script with output sections then
3574 tack any added statements on to the end of the
3575 list. This avoids having to reorder the output
3576 section statement list. Very likely the user
3577 forgot -T, and whatever we do here will not meet
3578 naive user expectations. */
3579 if (os_tail != lang_os_list.tail)
3580 {
3581 einfo (_("%P: warning: %s contains output sections;"
3582 " did you forget -T?\n"),
3583 s->input_statement.filename);
3584 *stat_ptr->tail = add.head;
3585 stat_ptr->tail = add.tail;
3586 }
3587 else
3588 {
3589 *add.tail = s->header.next;
3590 s->header.next = add.head;
3591 }
3592 }
3593 }
3594 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
3595 /* If we have found the point at which a plugin added new
3596 files, clear plugin_insert to enable archive rescan. */
3597 if (&s->input_statement == plugin_insert)
3598 plugin_insert = NULL;
3599 #endif
3600 break;
3601 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
3602 if (s->assignment_statement.exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
3603 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (s->assignment_statement.exp);
3604 break;
3605 default:
3606 break;
3607 }
3608 }
3609
3610 /* Exit if any of the files were missing. */
3611 if (input_flags.missing_file)
3612 einfo ("%F");
3613 }
3614
3615 /* Open the CTF sections in the input files with libctf: if any were opened,
3616 create a fake input file that we'll write the merged CTF data to later
3617 on. */
3618
3619 static void
3620 ldlang_open_ctf (void)
3621 {
3622 int any_ctf = 0;
3623 int err;
3624
3625 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3626 {
3627 asection *sect;
3628
3629 /* Incoming files from the compiler have a single ctf_file_t in them
3630 (which is presented to us by the libctf API in a ctf_archive_t
3631 wrapper): files derived from a previous relocatable link have a CTF
3632 archive containing possibly many CTF files. */
3633
3634 if ((file->the_ctf = ctf_bfdopen (file->the_bfd, &err)) == NULL)
3635 {
3636 if (err != ECTF_NOCTFDATA)
3637 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF section in `%pI' not loaded: "
3638 "its types will be discarded: `%s'\n"), file,
3639 ctf_errmsg (err));
3640 continue;
3641 }
3642
3643 /* Prevent the contents of this section from being written, while
3644 requiring the section itself to be duplicated in the output. */
3645 /* This section must exist if ctf_bfdopen() succeeded. */
3646 sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (file->the_bfd, ".ctf");
3647 sect->size = 0;
3648 sect->flags |= SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_LINKER_CREATED;
3649
3650 any_ctf = 1;
3651 }
3652
3653 if (!any_ctf)
3654 {
3655 ctf_output = NULL;
3656 return;
3657 }
3658
3659 if ((ctf_output = ctf_create (&err)) != NULL)
3660 return;
3661
3662 einfo (_("%P: warning: CTF output not created: `s'\n"),
3663 ctf_errmsg (err));
3664
3665 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (errfile)
3666 ctf_close (errfile->the_ctf);
3667 }
3668
3669 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
3670 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
3671
3672 static void
3673 lang_merge_ctf (void)
3674 {
3675 asection *output_sect;
3676
3677 if (!ctf_output)
3678 return;
3679
3680 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3681
3682 /* If the section was discarded, don't waste time merging. */
3683 if (output_sect == NULL)
3684 {
3685 ctf_file_close (ctf_output);
3686 ctf_output = NULL;
3687
3688 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3689 {
3690 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3691 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3692 }
3693 return;
3694 }
3695
3696 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3697 {
3698 if (!file->the_ctf)
3699 continue;
3700
3701 /* Takes ownership of file->u.the_ctfa. */
3702 if (ctf_link_add_ctf (ctf_output, file->the_ctf, file->filename) < 0)
3703 {
3704 einfo (_("%F%P: cannot link with CTF in %pB: %s\n"), file->the_bfd,
3705 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3706 ctf_close (file->the_ctf);
3707 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3708 continue;
3709 }
3710 }
3711
3712 if (ctf_link (ctf_output, CTF_LINK_SHARE_UNCONFLICTED) < 0)
3713 {
3714 einfo (_("%F%P: CTF linking failed; output will have no CTF section: %s\n"),
3715 ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3716 if (output_sect)
3717 {
3718 output_sect->size = 0;
3719 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3720 }
3721 }
3722 }
3723
3724 /* Let the emulation examine the symbol table and strtab to help it optimize the
3725 CTF, if supported. */
3726
3727 void
3728 ldlang_ctf_apply_strsym (struct elf_sym_strtab *syms, bfd_size_type symcount,
3729 struct elf_strtab_hash *symstrtab)
3730 {
3731 ldemul_examine_strtab_for_ctf (ctf_output, syms, symcount, symstrtab);
3732 }
3733
3734 /* Write out the CTF section. Called early, if the emulation isn't going to
3735 need to dedup against the strtab and symtab, then possibly called from the
3736 target linker code if the dedup has happened. */
3737 static void
3738 lang_write_ctf (int late)
3739 {
3740 size_t output_size;
3741 asection *output_sect;
3742
3743 if (!ctf_output)
3744 return;
3745
3746 if (late)
3747 {
3748 /* Emit CTF late if this emulation says it can do so. */
3749 if (ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3750 return;
3751 }
3752 else
3753 {
3754 if (!ldemul_emit_ctf_early ())
3755 return;
3756 }
3757
3758 /* Emit CTF. */
3759
3760 output_sect = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".ctf");
3761 if (output_sect)
3762 {
3763 output_sect->contents = ctf_link_write (ctf_output, &output_size,
3764 CTF_COMPRESSION_THRESHOLD);
3765 output_sect->size = output_size;
3766 output_sect->flags |= SEC_IN_MEMORY | SEC_KEEP;
3767
3768 if (!output_sect->contents)
3769 {
3770 einfo (_("%F%P: CTF section emission failed; output will have no "
3771 "CTF section: %s\n"), ctf_errmsg (ctf_errno (ctf_output)));
3772 output_sect->size = 0;
3773 output_sect->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
3774 }
3775 }
3776
3777 /* This also closes every CTF input file used in the link. */
3778 ctf_file_close (ctf_output);
3779 ctf_output = NULL;
3780
3781 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
3782 file->the_ctf = NULL;
3783 }
3784
3785 /* Write out the CTF section late, if the emulation needs that. */
3786
3787 void
3788 ldlang_write_ctf_late (void)
3789 {
3790 /* Trigger a "late call", if the emulation needs one. */
3791
3792 lang_write_ctf (1);
3793 }
3794
3795 /* Add the supplied name to the symbol table as an undefined reference.
3796 This is a two step process as the symbol table doesn't even exist at
3797 the time the ld command line is processed. First we put the name
3798 on a list, then, once the output file has been opened, transfer the
3799 name to the symbol table. */
3800
3801 typedef struct bfd_sym_chain ldlang_undef_chain_list_type;
3802
3803 #define ldlang_undef_chain_list_head entry_symbol.next
3804
3805 void
3806 ldlang_add_undef (const char *const name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
3807 {
3808 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *new_undef;
3809
3810 undef_from_cmdline = undef_from_cmdline || cmdline;
3811 new_undef = stat_alloc (sizeof (*new_undef));
3812 new_undef->next = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
3813 ldlang_undef_chain_list_head = new_undef;
3814
3815 new_undef->name = xstrdup (name);
3816
3817 if (link_info.output_bfd != NULL)
3818 insert_undefined (new_undef->name);
3819 }
3820
3821 /* Insert NAME as undefined in the symbol table. */
3822
3823 static void
3824 insert_undefined (const char *name)
3825 {
3826 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3827
3828 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, name, TRUE, FALSE, TRUE);
3829 if (h == NULL)
3830 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_link_hash_lookup failed: %E\n"));
3831 if (h->type == bfd_link_hash_new)
3832 {
3833 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
3834 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
3835 h->non_ir_ref_regular = TRUE;
3836 if (is_elf_hash_table (link_info.hash))
3837 ((struct elf_link_hash_entry *) h)->mark = 1;
3838 bfd_link_add_undef (link_info.hash, h);
3839 }
3840 }
3841
3842 /* Run through the list of undefineds created above and place them
3843 into the linker hash table as undefined symbols belonging to the
3844 script file. */
3845
3846 static void
3847 lang_place_undefineds (void)
3848 {
3849 ldlang_undef_chain_list_type *ptr;
3850
3851 for (ptr = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3852 insert_undefined (ptr->name);
3853 }
3854
3855 /* Structure used to build the list of symbols that the user has required
3856 be defined. */
3857
3858 struct require_defined_symbol
3859 {
3860 const char *name;
3861 struct require_defined_symbol *next;
3862 };
3863
3864 /* The list of symbols that the user has required be defined. */
3865
3866 static struct require_defined_symbol *require_defined_symbol_list;
3867
3868 /* Add a new symbol NAME to the list of symbols that are required to be
3869 defined. */
3870
3871 void
3872 ldlang_add_require_defined (const char *const name)
3873 {
3874 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3875
3876 ldlang_add_undef (name, TRUE);
3877 ptr = stat_alloc (sizeof (*ptr));
3878 ptr->next = require_defined_symbol_list;
3879 ptr->name = strdup (name);
3880 require_defined_symbol_list = ptr;
3881 }
3882
3883 /* Check that all symbols the user required to be defined, are defined,
3884 raise an error if we find a symbol that is not defined. */
3885
3886 static void
3887 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols (void)
3888 {
3889 struct require_defined_symbol *ptr;
3890
3891 for (ptr = require_defined_symbol_list; ptr != NULL; ptr = ptr->next)
3892 {
3893 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
3894
3895 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, ptr->name,
3896 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
3897 if (h == NULL
3898 || (h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined
3899 && h->type != bfd_link_hash_defweak))
3900 einfo(_("%X%P: required symbol `%s' not defined\n"), ptr->name);
3901 }
3902 }
3903
3904 /* Check for all readonly or some readwrite sections. */
3905
3906 static void
3907 check_input_sections
3908 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
3909 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
3910 {
3911 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3912 {
3913 switch (s->header.type)
3914 {
3915 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3916 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, check_section_callback,
3917 output_section_statement);
3918 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3919 return;
3920 break;
3921 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3922 check_input_sections (constructor_list.head,
3923 output_section_statement);
3924 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3925 return;
3926 break;
3927 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3928 check_input_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
3929 output_section_statement);
3930 if (!output_section_statement->all_input_readonly)
3931 return;
3932 break;
3933 default:
3934 break;
3935 }
3936 }
3937 }
3938
3939 /* Update wildcard statements if needed. */
3940
3941 static void
3942 update_wild_statements (lang_statement_union_type *s)
3943 {
3944 struct wildcard_list *sec;
3945
3946 switch (sort_section)
3947 {
3948 default:
3949 FAIL ();
3950
3951 case none:
3952 break;
3953
3954 case by_name:
3955 case by_alignment:
3956 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
3957 {
3958 switch (s->header.type)
3959 {
3960 default:
3961 break;
3962
3963 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
3964 for (sec = s->wild_statement.section_list; sec != NULL;
3965 sec = sec->next)
3966 /* Don't sort .init/.fini sections. */
3967 if (strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".init") != 0
3968 && strcmp (sec->spec.name, ".fini") != 0)
3969 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
3970 {
3971 case none:
3972 sec->spec.sorted = sort_section;
3973 break;
3974 case by_name:
3975 if (sort_section == by_alignment)
3976 sec->spec.sorted = by_name_alignment;
3977 break;
3978 case by_alignment:
3979 if (sort_section == by_name)
3980 sec->spec.sorted = by_alignment_name;
3981 break;
3982 default:
3983 break;
3984 }
3985 break;
3986
3987 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
3988 update_wild_statements (constructor_list.head);
3989 break;
3990
3991 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
3992 update_wild_statements
3993 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
3994 break;
3995
3996 case lang_group_statement_enum:
3997 update_wild_statements (s->group_statement.children.head);
3998 break;
3999 }
4000 }
4001 break;
4002 }
4003 }
4004
4005 /* Open input files and attach to output sections. */
4006
4007 static void
4008 map_input_to_output_sections
4009 (lang_statement_union_type *s, const char *target,
4010 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4011 {
4012 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
4013 {
4014 lang_output_section_statement_type *tos;
4015 flagword flags;
4016
4017 switch (s->header.type)
4018 {
4019 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4020 wild (&s->wild_statement, target, os);
4021 break;
4022 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4023 map_input_to_output_sections (constructor_list.head,
4024 target,
4025 os);
4026 break;
4027 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
4028 tos = &s->output_section_statement;
4029 if (tos->constraint != 0)
4030 {
4031 if (tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RW
4032 && tos->constraint != ONLY_IF_RO)
4033 break;
4034 tos->all_input_readonly = TRUE;
4035 check_input_sections (tos->children.head, tos);
4036 if (tos->all_input_readonly != (tos->constraint == ONLY_IF_RO))
4037 {
4038 tos->constraint = -1;
4039 break;
4040 }
4041 }
4042 map_input_to_output_sections (tos->children.head,
4043 target,
4044 tos);
4045 break;
4046 case lang_output_statement_enum:
4047 break;
4048 case lang_target_statement_enum:
4049 target = s->target_statement.target;
4050 break;
4051 case lang_group_statement_enum:
4052 map_input_to_output_sections (s->group_statement.children.head,
4053 target,
4054 os);
4055 break;
4056 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4057 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the expression
4058 are initialized. */
4059 exp_init_os (s->data_statement.exp);
4060 /* The output section gets CONTENTS, ALLOC and LOAD, but
4061 these may be overridden by the script. */
4062 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS | SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD;
4063 switch (os->sectype)
4064 {
4065 case normal_section:
4066 case overlay_section:
4067 case first_overlay_section:
4068 break;
4069 case noalloc_section:
4070 flags = SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4071 break;
4072 case noload_section:
4073 if (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
4074 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)
4075 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC;
4076 else
4077 flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD | SEC_HAS_CONTENTS;
4078 break;
4079 }
4080 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
4081 init_os (os, flags);
4082 else
4083 os->bfd_section->flags |= flags;
4084 break;
4085 case lang_input_section_enum:
4086 break;
4087 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4088 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4089 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4090 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
4091 case lang_input_statement_enum:
4092 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4093 init_os (os, 0);
4094 break;
4095 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
4096 if (os != NULL && os->bfd_section == NULL)
4097 init_os (os, 0);
4098
4099 /* Make sure that any sections mentioned in the assignment
4100 are initialized. */
4101 exp_init_os (s->assignment_statement.exp);
4102 break;
4103 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4104 /* Mark the specified section with the supplied address.
4105 If this section was actually a segment marker, then the
4106 directive is ignored if the linker script explicitly
4107 processed the segment marker. Originally, the linker
4108 treated segment directives (like -Ttext on the
4109 command-line) as section directives. We honor the
4110 section directive semantics for backwards compatibility;
4111 linker scripts that do not specifically check for
4112 SEGMENT_START automatically get the old semantics. */
4113 if (!s->address_statement.segment
4114 || !s->address_statement.segment->used)
4115 {
4116 const char *name = s->address_statement.section_name;
4117
4118 /* Create the output section statement here so that
4119 orphans with a set address will be placed after other
4120 script sections. If we let the orphan placement code
4121 place them in amongst other sections then the address
4122 will affect following script sections, which is
4123 likely to surprise naive users. */
4124 tos = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, 0, TRUE);
4125 tos->addr_tree = s->address_statement.address;
4126 if (tos->bfd_section == NULL)
4127 init_os (tos, 0);
4128 }
4129 break;
4130 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
4131 break;
4132 }
4133 }
4134 }
4135
4136 /* An insert statement snips out all the linker statements from the
4137 start of the list and places them after the output section
4138 statement specified by the insert. This operation is complicated
4139 by the fact that we keep a doubly linked list of output section
4140 statements as well as the singly linked list of all statements.
4141 FIXME someday: Twiddling with the list not only moves statements
4142 from the user's script but also input and group statements that are
4143 built from command line object files and --start-group. We only
4144 get away with this because the list pointers used by file_chain
4145 and input_file_chain are not reordered, and processing via
4146 statement_list after this point mostly ignores input statements.
4147 One exception is the map file, where LOAD and START GROUP/END GROUP
4148 can end up looking odd. */
4149
4150 static void
4151 process_insert_statements (lang_statement_union_type **start)
4152 {
4153 lang_statement_union_type **s;
4154 lang_output_section_statement_type *first_os = NULL;
4155 lang_output_section_statement_type *last_os = NULL;
4156 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4157
4158 s = start;
4159 while (*s != NULL)
4160 {
4161 if ((*s)->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
4162 {
4163 /* Keep pointers to the first and last output section
4164 statement in the sequence we may be about to move. */
4165 os = &(*s)->output_section_statement;
4166
4167 ASSERT (last_os == NULL || last_os->next == os);
4168 last_os = os;
4169
4170 /* Set constraint negative so that lang_output_section_find
4171 won't match this output section statement. At this
4172 stage in linking constraint has values in the range
4173 [-1, ONLY_IN_RW]. */
4174 last_os->constraint = -2 - last_os->constraint;
4175 if (first_os == NULL)
4176 first_os = last_os;
4177 }
4178 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_group_statement_enum)
4179 {
4180 /* A user might put -T between --start-group and
4181 --end-group. One way this odd construct might arise is
4182 from a wrapper around ld to change library search
4183 behaviour. For example:
4184 #! /bin/sh
4185 exec real_ld --start-group "$@" --end-group
4186 This isn't completely unreasonable so go looking inside a
4187 group statement for insert statements. */
4188 process_insert_statements (&(*s)->group_statement.children.head);
4189 }
4190 else if ((*s)->header.type == lang_insert_statement_enum)
4191 {
4192 lang_insert_statement_type *i = &(*s)->insert_statement;
4193 lang_output_section_statement_type *where;
4194 lang_statement_union_type **ptr;
4195 lang_statement_union_type *first;
4196
4197 where = lang_output_section_find (i->where);
4198 if (where != NULL && i->is_before)
4199 {
4200 do
4201 where = where->prev;
4202 while (where != NULL && where->constraint < 0);
4203 }
4204 if (where == NULL)
4205 {
4206 einfo (_("%F%P: %s not found for insert\n"), i->where);
4207 return;
4208 }
4209
4210 /* Deal with reordering the output section statement list. */
4211 if (last_os != NULL)
4212 {
4213 asection *first_sec, *last_sec;
4214 struct lang_output_section_statement_struct **next;
4215
4216 /* Snip out the output sections we are moving. */
4217 first_os->prev->next = last_os->next;
4218 if (last_os->next == NULL)
4219 {
4220 next = &first_os->prev->next;
4221 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4222 }
4223 else
4224 last_os->next->prev = first_os->prev;
4225 /* Add them in at the new position. */
4226 last_os->next = where->next;
4227 if (where->next == NULL)
4228 {
4229 next = &last_os->next;
4230 lang_os_list.tail = (lang_statement_union_type **) next;
4231 }
4232 else
4233 where->next->prev = last_os;
4234 first_os->prev = where;
4235 where->next = first_os;
4236
4237 /* Move the bfd sections in the same way. */
4238 first_sec = NULL;
4239 last_sec = NULL;
4240 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4241 {
4242 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4243 if (os->bfd_section != NULL
4244 && os->bfd_section->owner != NULL)
4245 {
4246 last_sec = os->bfd_section;
4247 if (first_sec == NULL)
4248 first_sec = last_sec;
4249 }
4250 if (os == last_os)
4251 break;
4252 }
4253 if (last_sec != NULL)
4254 {
4255 asection *sec = where->bfd_section;
4256 if (sec == NULL)
4257 sec = output_prev_sec_find (where);
4258
4259 /* The place we want to insert must come after the
4260 sections we are moving. So if we find no
4261 section or if the section is the same as our
4262 last section, then no move is needed. */
4263 if (sec != NULL && sec != last_sec)
4264 {
4265 /* Trim them off. */
4266 if (first_sec->prev != NULL)
4267 first_sec->prev->next = last_sec->next;
4268 else
4269 link_info.output_bfd->sections = last_sec->next;
4270 if (last_sec->next != NULL)
4271 last_sec->next->prev = first_sec->prev;
4272 else
4273 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = first_sec->prev;
4274 /* Add back. */
4275 last_sec->next = sec->next;
4276 if (sec->next != NULL)
4277 sec->next->prev = last_sec;
4278 else
4279 link_info.output_bfd->section_last = last_sec;
4280 first_sec->prev = sec;
4281 sec->next = first_sec;
4282 }
4283 }
4284
4285 first_os = NULL;
4286 last_os = NULL;
4287 }
4288
4289 ptr = insert_os_after (where);
4290 /* Snip everything from the start of the list, up to and
4291 including the insert statement we are currently processing. */
4292 first = *start;
4293 *start = (*s)->header.next;
4294 /* Add them back where they belong, minus the insert. */
4295 *s = *ptr;
4296 if (*s == NULL)
4297 statement_list.tail = s;
4298 *ptr = first;
4299 s = start;
4300 continue;
4301 }
4302 s = &(*s)->header.next;
4303 }
4304
4305 /* Undo constraint twiddling. */
4306 for (os = first_os; os != NULL; os = os->next)
4307 {
4308 os->constraint = -2 - os->constraint;
4309 if (os == last_os)
4310 break;
4311 }
4312 }
4313
4314 /* An output section might have been removed after its statement was
4315 added. For example, ldemul_before_allocation can remove dynamic
4316 sections if they turn out to be not needed. Clean them up here. */
4317
4318 void
4319 strip_excluded_output_sections (void)
4320 {
4321 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4322
4323 /* Run lang_size_sections (if not already done). */
4324 if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
4325 {
4326 expld.phase = lang_mark_phase_enum;
4327 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
4328 one_lang_size_sections_pass (NULL, FALSE);
4329 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
4330 }
4331
4332 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4333 os != NULL;
4334 os = os->next)
4335 {
4336 asection *output_section;
4337 bfd_boolean exclude;
4338
4339 if (os->constraint < 0)
4340 continue;
4341
4342 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4343 if (output_section == NULL)
4344 continue;
4345
4346 exclude = (output_section->rawsize == 0
4347 && (output_section->flags & SEC_KEEP) == 0
4348 && !bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
4349 output_section));
4350
4351 /* Some sections have not yet been sized, notably .gnu.version,
4352 .dynsym, .dynstr and .hash. These all have SEC_LINKER_CREATED
4353 input sections, so don't drop output sections that have such
4354 input sections unless they are also marked SEC_EXCLUDE. */
4355 if (exclude && output_section->map_head.s != NULL)
4356 {
4357 asection *s;
4358
4359 for (s = output_section->map_head.s; s != NULL; s = s->map_head.s)
4360 if ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
4361 && ((s->flags & SEC_LINKER_CREATED) != 0
4362 || link_info.emitrelocations))
4363 {
4364 exclude = FALSE;
4365 break;
4366 }
4367 }
4368
4369 if (exclude)
4370 {
4371 /* We don't set bfd_section to NULL since bfd_section of the
4372 removed output section statement may still be used. */
4373 if (!os->update_dot)
4374 os->ignored = TRUE;
4375 output_section->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE;
4376 bfd_section_list_remove (link_info.output_bfd, output_section);
4377 link_info.output_bfd->section_count--;
4378 }
4379 }
4380 }
4381
4382 /* Called from ldwrite to clear out asection.map_head and
4383 asection.map_tail for use as link_orders in ldwrite. */
4384
4385 void
4386 lang_clear_os_map (void)
4387 {
4388 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
4389
4390 if (map_head_is_link_order)
4391 return;
4392
4393 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
4394 os != NULL;
4395 os = os->next)
4396 {
4397 asection *output_section;
4398
4399 if (os->constraint < 0)
4400 continue;
4401
4402 output_section = os->bfd_section;
4403 if (output_section == NULL)
4404 continue;
4405
4406 /* TODO: Don't just junk map_head.s, turn them into link_orders. */
4407 output_section->map_head.link_order = NULL;
4408 output_section->map_tail.link_order = NULL;
4409 }
4410
4411 /* Stop future calls to lang_add_section from messing with map_head
4412 and map_tail link_order fields. */
4413 map_head_is_link_order = TRUE;
4414 }
4415
4416 static void
4417 print_output_section_statement
4418 (lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement)
4419 {
4420 asection *section = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
4421 int len;
4422
4423 if (output_section_statement != abs_output_section)
4424 {
4425 minfo ("\n%s", output_section_statement->name);
4426
4427 if (section != NULL)
4428 {
4429 print_dot = section->vma;
4430
4431 len = strlen (output_section_statement->name);
4432 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4433 {
4434 print_nl ();
4435 len = 0;
4436 }
4437 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4438 {
4439 print_space ();
4440 ++len;
4441 }
4442
4443 minfo ("0x%V %W", section->vma, TO_ADDR (section->size));
4444
4445 if (section->vma != section->lma)
4446 minfo (_(" load address 0x%V"), section->lma);
4447
4448 if (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree != NULL)
4449 exp_fold_tree (output_section_statement->update_dot_tree,
4450 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &print_dot);
4451 }
4452
4453 print_nl ();
4454 }
4455
4456 print_statement_list (output_section_statement->children.head,
4457 output_section_statement);
4458 }
4459
4460 static void
4461 print_assignment (lang_assignment_statement_type *assignment,
4462 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section)
4463 {
4464 unsigned int i;
4465 bfd_boolean is_dot;
4466 etree_type *tree;
4467 asection *osec;
4468
4469 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4470 print_space ();
4471
4472 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert)
4473 {
4474 is_dot = FALSE;
4475 tree = assignment->exp->assert_s.child;
4476 }
4477 else
4478 {
4479 const char *dst = assignment->exp->assign.dst;
4480
4481 is_dot = (dst[0] == '.' && dst[1] == 0);
4482 tree = assignment->exp;
4483 }
4484
4485 osec = output_section->bfd_section;
4486 if (osec == NULL)
4487 osec = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
4488
4489 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class != etree_provide)
4490 exp_fold_tree (tree, osec, &print_dot);
4491 else
4492 expld.result.valid_p = FALSE;
4493
4494 if (expld.result.valid_p)
4495 {
4496 bfd_vma value;
4497
4498 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_assert
4499 || is_dot
4500 || expld.assign_name != NULL)
4501 {
4502 value = expld.result.value;
4503
4504 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
4505 value += expld.result.section->vma;
4506
4507 minfo ("0x%V", value);
4508 if (is_dot)
4509 print_dot = value;
4510 }
4511 else
4512 {
4513 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
4514
4515 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, assignment->exp->assign.dst,
4516 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
4517 if (h != NULL
4518 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4519 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak))
4520 {
4521 value = h->u.def.value;
4522 value += h->u.def.section->output_section->vma;
4523 value += h->u.def.section->output_offset;
4524
4525 minfo ("[0x%V]", value);
4526 }
4527 else
4528 minfo ("[unresolved]");
4529 }
4530 }
4531 else
4532 {
4533 if (assignment->exp->type.node_class == etree_provide)
4534 minfo ("[!provide]");
4535 else
4536 minfo ("*undef* ");
4537 #ifdef BFD64
4538 minfo (" ");
4539 #endif
4540 }
4541 expld.assign_name = NULL;
4542
4543 minfo (" ");
4544 exp_print_tree (assignment->exp);
4545 print_nl ();
4546 }
4547
4548 static void
4549 print_input_statement (lang_input_statement_type *statm)
4550 {
4551 if (statm->filename != NULL)
4552 fprintf (config.map_file, "LOAD %s\n", statm->filename);
4553 }
4554
4555 /* Print all symbols defined in a particular section. This is called
4556 via bfd_link_hash_traverse, or by print_all_symbols. */
4557
4558 static bfd_boolean
4559 print_one_symbol (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *hash_entry, void *ptr)
4560 {
4561 asection *sec = (asection *) ptr;
4562
4563 if ((hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
4564 || hash_entry->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
4565 && sec == hash_entry->u.def.section)
4566 {
4567 int i;
4568
4569 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4570 print_space ();
4571 minfo ("0x%V ",
4572 (hash_entry->u.def.value
4573 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_offset
4574 + hash_entry->u.def.section->output_section->vma));
4575
4576 minfo (" %pT\n", hash_entry->root.string);
4577 }
4578
4579 return TRUE;
4580 }
4581
4582 static int
4583 hash_entry_addr_cmp (const void *a, const void *b)
4584 {
4585 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *l = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)a;
4586 const struct bfd_link_hash_entry *r = *(const struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)b;
4587
4588 if (l->u.def.value < r->u.def.value)
4589 return -1;
4590 else if (l->u.def.value > r->u.def.value)
4591 return 1;
4592 else
4593 return 0;
4594 }
4595
4596 static void
4597 print_all_symbols (asection *sec)
4598 {
4599 input_section_userdata_type *ud = bfd_section_userdata (sec);
4600 struct map_symbol_def *def;
4601 struct bfd_link_hash_entry **entries;
4602 unsigned int i;
4603
4604 if (!ud)
4605 return;
4606
4607 *ud->map_symbol_def_tail = 0;
4608
4609 /* Sort the symbols by address. */
4610 entries = (struct bfd_link_hash_entry **)
4611 obstack_alloc (&map_obstack,
4612 ud->map_symbol_def_count * sizeof (*entries));
4613
4614 for (i = 0, def = ud->map_symbol_def_head; def; def = def->next, i++)
4615 entries[i] = def->entry;
4616
4617 qsort (entries, ud->map_symbol_def_count, sizeof (*entries),
4618 hash_entry_addr_cmp);
4619
4620 /* Print the symbols. */
4621 for (i = 0; i < ud->map_symbol_def_count; i++)
4622 print_one_symbol (entries[i], sec);
4623
4624 obstack_free (&map_obstack, entries);
4625 }
4626
4627 /* Print information about an input section to the map file. */
4628
4629 static void
4630 print_input_section (asection *i, bfd_boolean is_discarded)
4631 {
4632 bfd_size_type size = i->size;
4633 int len;
4634 bfd_vma addr;
4635
4636 init_opb (i);
4637
4638 print_space ();
4639 minfo ("%s", i->name);
4640
4641 len = 1 + strlen (i->name);
4642 if (len >= SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH - 1)
4643 {
4644 print_nl ();
4645 len = 0;
4646 }
4647 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4648 {
4649 print_space ();
4650 ++len;
4651 }
4652
4653 if (i->output_section != NULL
4654 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4655 addr = i->output_section->vma + i->output_offset;
4656 else
4657 {
4658 addr = print_dot;
4659 if (!is_discarded)
4660 size = 0;
4661 }
4662
4663 minfo ("0x%V %W %pB\n", addr, TO_ADDR (size), i->owner);
4664
4665 if (size != i->rawsize && i->rawsize != 0)
4666 {
4667 len = SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH + 3;
4668 #ifdef BFD64
4669 len += 16;
4670 #else
4671 len += 8;
4672 #endif
4673 while (len > 0)
4674 {
4675 print_space ();
4676 --len;
4677 }
4678
4679 minfo (_("%W (size before relaxing)\n"), TO_ADDR (i->rawsize));
4680 }
4681
4682 if (i->output_section != NULL
4683 && i->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd)
4684 {
4685 if (link_info.reduce_memory_overheads)
4686 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, print_one_symbol, i);
4687 else
4688 print_all_symbols (i);
4689
4690 /* Update print_dot, but make sure that we do not move it
4691 backwards - this could happen if we have overlays and a
4692 later overlay is shorter than an earier one. */
4693 if (addr + TO_ADDR (size) > print_dot)
4694 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4695 }
4696 }
4697
4698 static void
4699 print_fill_statement (lang_fill_statement_type *fill)
4700 {
4701 size_t size;
4702 unsigned char *p;
4703 fputs (" FILL mask 0x", config.map_file);
4704 for (p = fill->fill->data, size = fill->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4705 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4706 fputs ("\n", config.map_file);
4707 }
4708
4709 static void
4710 print_data_statement (lang_data_statement_type *data)
4711 {
4712 int i;
4713 bfd_vma addr;
4714 bfd_size_type size;
4715 const char *name;
4716
4717 init_opb (data->output_section);
4718 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4719 print_space ();
4720
4721 addr = data->output_offset;
4722 if (data->output_section != NULL)
4723 addr += data->output_section->vma;
4724
4725 switch (data->type)
4726 {
4727 default:
4728 abort ();
4729 case BYTE:
4730 size = BYTE_SIZE;
4731 name = "BYTE";
4732 break;
4733 case SHORT:
4734 size = SHORT_SIZE;
4735 name = "SHORT";
4736 break;
4737 case LONG:
4738 size = LONG_SIZE;
4739 name = "LONG";
4740 break;
4741 case QUAD:
4742 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4743 name = "QUAD";
4744 break;
4745 case SQUAD:
4746 size = QUAD_SIZE;
4747 name = "SQUAD";
4748 break;
4749 }
4750
4751 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
4752 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
4753 minfo ("0x%V %W %s 0x%v", addr, TO_ADDR (size), name, data->value);
4754
4755 if (data->exp->type.node_class != etree_value)
4756 {
4757 print_space ();
4758 exp_print_tree (data->exp);
4759 }
4760
4761 print_nl ();
4762
4763 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4764 }
4765
4766 /* Print an address statement. These are generated by options like
4767 -Ttext. */
4768
4769 static void
4770 print_address_statement (lang_address_statement_type *address)
4771 {
4772 minfo (_("Address of section %s set to "), address->section_name);
4773 exp_print_tree (address->address);
4774 print_nl ();
4775 }
4776
4777 /* Print a reloc statement. */
4778
4779 static void
4780 print_reloc_statement (lang_reloc_statement_type *reloc)
4781 {
4782 int i;
4783 bfd_vma addr;
4784 bfd_size_type size;
4785
4786 init_opb (reloc->output_section);
4787 for (i = 0; i < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH; i++)
4788 print_space ();
4789
4790 addr = reloc->output_offset;
4791 if (reloc->output_section != NULL)
4792 addr += reloc->output_section->vma;
4793
4794 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (reloc->howto);
4795
4796 minfo ("0x%V %W RELOC %s ", addr, TO_ADDR (size), reloc->howto->name);
4797
4798 if (reloc->name != NULL)
4799 minfo ("%s+", reloc->name);
4800 else
4801 minfo ("%s+", reloc->section->name);
4802
4803 exp_print_tree (reloc->addend_exp);
4804
4805 print_nl ();
4806
4807 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (size);
4808 }
4809
4810 static void
4811 print_padding_statement (lang_padding_statement_type *s)
4812 {
4813 int len;
4814 bfd_vma addr;
4815
4816 init_opb (s->output_section);
4817 minfo (" *fill*");
4818
4819 len = sizeof " *fill*" - 1;
4820 while (len < SECTION_NAME_MAP_LENGTH)
4821 {
4822 print_space ();
4823 ++len;
4824 }
4825
4826 addr = s->output_offset;
4827 if (s->output_section != NULL)
4828 addr += s->output_section->vma;
4829 minfo ("0x%V %W ", addr, TO_ADDR (s->size));
4830
4831 if (s->fill->size != 0)
4832 {
4833 size_t size;
4834 unsigned char *p;
4835 for (p = s->fill->data, size = s->fill->size; size != 0; p++, size--)
4836 fprintf (config.map_file, "%02x", *p);
4837 }
4838
4839 print_nl ();
4840
4841 print_dot = addr + TO_ADDR (s->size);
4842 }
4843
4844 static void
4845 print_wild_statement (lang_wild_statement_type *w,
4846 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4847 {
4848 struct wildcard_list *sec;
4849
4850 print_space ();
4851
4852 if (w->exclude_name_list)
4853 {
4854 name_list *tmp;
4855 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", w->exclude_name_list->name);
4856 for (tmp = w->exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4857 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4858 minfo (") ");
4859 }
4860
4861 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4862 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4863 if (w->filename != NULL)
4864 minfo ("%s", w->filename);
4865 else
4866 minfo ("*");
4867 if (w->filenames_sorted)
4868 minfo (")");
4869
4870 minfo ("(");
4871 for (sec = w->section_list; sec; sec = sec->next)
4872 {
4873 int closing_paren = 0;
4874
4875 switch (sec->spec.sorted)
4876 {
4877 case none:
4878 break;
4879
4880 case by_name:
4881 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(");
4882 closing_paren = 1;
4883 break;
4884
4885 case by_alignment:
4886 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4887 closing_paren = 1;
4888 break;
4889
4890 case by_name_alignment:
4891 minfo ("SORT_BY_NAME(SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(");
4892 closing_paren = 2;
4893 break;
4894
4895 case by_alignment_name:
4896 minfo ("SORT_BY_ALIGNMENT(SORT_BY_NAME(");
4897 closing_paren = 2;
4898 break;
4899
4900 case by_none:
4901 minfo ("SORT_NONE(");
4902 closing_paren = 1;
4903 break;
4904
4905 case by_init_priority:
4906 minfo ("SORT_BY_INIT_PRIORITY(");
4907 closing_paren = 1;
4908 break;
4909 }
4910
4911 if (sec->spec.exclude_name_list != NULL)
4912 {
4913 name_list *tmp;
4914 minfo ("EXCLUDE_FILE(%s", sec->spec.exclude_name_list->name);
4915 for (tmp = sec->spec.exclude_name_list->next; tmp; tmp = tmp->next)
4916 minfo (" %s", tmp->name);
4917 minfo (") ");
4918 }
4919 if (sec->spec.name != NULL)
4920 minfo ("%s", sec->spec.name);
4921 else
4922 minfo ("*");
4923 for (;closing_paren > 0; closing_paren--)
4924 minfo (")");
4925 if (sec->next)
4926 minfo (" ");
4927 }
4928 minfo (")");
4929
4930 print_nl ();
4931
4932 print_statement_list (w->children.head, os);
4933 }
4934
4935 /* Print a group statement. */
4936
4937 static void
4938 print_group (lang_group_statement_type *s,
4939 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4940 {
4941 fprintf (config.map_file, "START GROUP\n");
4942 print_statement_list (s->children.head, os);
4943 fprintf (config.map_file, "END GROUP\n");
4944 }
4945
4946 /* Print the list of statements in S.
4947 This can be called for any statement type. */
4948
4949 static void
4950 print_statement_list (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4951 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4952 {
4953 while (s != NULL)
4954 {
4955 print_statement (s, os);
4956 s = s->header.next;
4957 }
4958 }
4959
4960 /* Print the first statement in statement list S.
4961 This can be called for any statement type. */
4962
4963 static void
4964 print_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s,
4965 lang_output_section_statement_type *os)
4966 {
4967 switch (s->header.type)
4968 {
4969 default:
4970 fprintf (config.map_file, _("Fail with %d\n"), s->header.type);
4971 FAIL ();
4972 break;
4973 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
4974 if (constructor_list.head != NULL)
4975 {
4976 if (constructors_sorted)
4977 minfo (" SORT (CONSTRUCTORS)\n");
4978 else
4979 minfo (" CONSTRUCTORS\n");
4980 print_statement_list (constructor_list.head, os);
4981 }
4982 break;
4983 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
4984 print_wild_statement (&s->wild_statement, os);
4985 break;
4986 case lang_address_statement_enum:
4987 print_address_statement (&s->address_statement);
4988 break;
4989 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
4990 minfo (" CREATE_OBJECT_SYMBOLS\n");
4991 break;
4992 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
4993 print_fill_statement (&s->fill_statement);
4994 break;
4995 case lang_data_statement_enum:
4996 print_data_statement (&s->data_statement);
4997 break;
4998 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
4999 print_reloc_statement (&s->reloc_statement);
5000 break;
5001 case lang_input_section_enum:
5002 print_input_section (s->input_section.section, FALSE);
5003 break;
5004 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5005 print_padding_statement (&s->padding_statement);
5006 break;
5007 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5008 print_output_section_statement (&s->output_section_statement);
5009 break;
5010 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5011 print_assignment (&s->assignment_statement, os);
5012 break;
5013 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5014 fprintf (config.map_file, "TARGET(%s)\n", s->target_statement.target);
5015 break;
5016 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5017 minfo ("OUTPUT(%s", s->output_statement.name);
5018 if (output_target != NULL)
5019 minfo (" %s", output_target);
5020 minfo (")\n");
5021 break;
5022 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5023 print_input_statement (&s->input_statement);
5024 break;
5025 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5026 print_group (&s->group_statement, os);
5027 break;
5028 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5029 minfo ("INSERT %s %s\n",
5030 s->insert_statement.is_before ? "BEFORE" : "AFTER",
5031 s->insert_statement.where);
5032 break;
5033 }
5034 }
5035
5036 static void
5037 print_statements (void)
5038 {
5039 print_statement_list (statement_list.head, abs_output_section);
5040 }
5041
5042 /* Print the first N statements in statement list S to STDERR.
5043 If N == 0, nothing is printed.
5044 If N < 0, the entire list is printed.
5045 Intended to be called from GDB. */
5046
5047 void
5048 dprint_statement (lang_statement_union_type *s, int n)
5049 {
5050 FILE *map_save = config.map_file;
5051
5052 config.map_file = stderr;
5053
5054 if (n < 0)
5055 print_statement_list (s, abs_output_section);
5056 else
5057 {
5058 while (s && --n >= 0)
5059 {
5060 print_statement (s, abs_output_section);
5061 s = s->header.next;
5062 }
5063 }
5064
5065 config.map_file = map_save;
5066 }
5067
5068 static void
5069 insert_pad (lang_statement_union_type **ptr,
5070 fill_type *fill,
5071 bfd_size_type alignment_needed,
5072 asection *output_section,
5073 bfd_vma dot)
5074 {
5075 static fill_type zero_fill;
5076 lang_statement_union_type *pad = NULL;
5077
5078 if (ptr != &statement_list.head)
5079 pad = ((lang_statement_union_type *)
5080 ((char *) ptr - offsetof (lang_statement_union_type, header.next)));
5081 if (pad != NULL
5082 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5083 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5084 {
5085 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5086 }
5087 else if ((pad = *ptr) != NULL
5088 && pad->header.type == lang_padding_statement_enum
5089 && pad->padding_statement.output_section == output_section)
5090 {
5091 /* Use the existing pad statement. */
5092 }
5093 else
5094 {
5095 /* Make a new padding statement, linked into existing chain. */
5096 pad = stat_alloc (sizeof (lang_padding_statement_type));
5097 pad->header.next = *ptr;
5098 *ptr = pad;
5099 pad->header.type = lang_padding_statement_enum;
5100 pad->padding_statement.output_section = output_section;
5101 if (fill == NULL)
5102 fill = &zero_fill;
5103 pad->padding_statement.fill = fill;
5104 }
5105 pad->padding_statement.output_offset = dot - output_section->vma;
5106 pad->padding_statement.size = alignment_needed;
5107 if (!(output_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5108 output_section->size = TO_SIZE (dot + TO_ADDR (alignment_needed)
5109 - output_section->vma);
5110 }
5111
5112 /* Work out how much this section will move the dot point. */
5113
5114 static bfd_vma
5115 size_input_section
5116 (lang_statement_union_type **this_ptr,
5117 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5118 fill_type *fill,
5119 bfd_vma dot)
5120 {
5121 lang_input_section_type *is = &((*this_ptr)->input_section);
5122 asection *i = is->section;
5123 asection *o = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5124
5125 if (i->sec_info_type == SEC_INFO_TYPE_JUST_SYMS)
5126 i->output_offset = i->vma - o->vma;
5127 else if (((i->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0)
5128 || output_section_statement->ignored)
5129 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5130 else
5131 {
5132 bfd_size_type alignment_needed;
5133
5134 /* Align this section first to the input sections requirement,
5135 then to the output section's requirement. If this alignment
5136 is greater than any seen before, then record it too. Perform
5137 the alignment by inserting a magic 'padding' statement. */
5138
5139 if (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment != NULL)
5140 i->alignment_power
5141 = exp_get_power (output_section_statement->subsection_alignment,
5142 "subsection alignment");
5143
5144 if (o->alignment_power < i->alignment_power)
5145 o->alignment_power = i->alignment_power;
5146
5147 alignment_needed = align_power (dot, i->alignment_power) - dot;
5148
5149 if (alignment_needed != 0)
5150 {
5151 insert_pad (this_ptr, fill, TO_SIZE (alignment_needed), o, dot);
5152 dot += alignment_needed;
5153 }
5154
5155 /* Remember where in the output section this input section goes. */
5156 i->output_offset = dot - o->vma;
5157
5158 /* Mark how big the output section must be to contain this now. */
5159 dot += TO_ADDR (i->size);
5160 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5161 o->size = TO_SIZE (dot - o->vma);
5162 }
5163
5164 return dot;
5165 }
5166
5167 struct check_sec
5168 {
5169 asection *sec;
5170 bfd_boolean warned;
5171 };
5172
5173 static int
5174 sort_sections_by_lma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5175 {
5176 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5177 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5178
5179 if (sec1->lma < sec2->lma)
5180 return -1;
5181 else if (sec1->lma > sec2->lma)
5182 return 1;
5183 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5184 return -1;
5185 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5186 return 1;
5187
5188 return 0;
5189 }
5190
5191 static int
5192 sort_sections_by_vma (const void *arg1, const void *arg2)
5193 {
5194 const asection *sec1 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg1)->sec;
5195 const asection *sec2 = ((const struct check_sec *) arg2)->sec;
5196
5197 if (sec1->vma < sec2->vma)
5198 return -1;
5199 else if (sec1->vma > sec2->vma)
5200 return 1;
5201 else if (sec1->id < sec2->id)
5202 return -1;
5203 else if (sec1->id > sec2->id)
5204 return 1;
5205
5206 return 0;
5207 }
5208
5209 #define IS_TBSS(s) \
5210 ((s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)) == SEC_THREAD_LOCAL)
5211
5212 #define IGNORE_SECTION(s) \
5213 ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0 || IS_TBSS (s))
5214
5215 /* Check to see if any allocated sections overlap with other allocated
5216 sections. This can happen if a linker script specifies the output
5217 section addresses of the two sections. Also check whether any memory
5218 region has overflowed. */
5219
5220 static void
5221 lang_check_section_addresses (void)
5222 {
5223 asection *s, *p;
5224 struct check_sec *sections;
5225 size_t i, count;
5226 bfd_vma addr_mask;
5227 bfd_vma s_start;
5228 bfd_vma s_end;
5229 bfd_vma p_start = 0;
5230 bfd_vma p_end = 0;
5231 lang_memory_region_type *m;
5232 bfd_boolean overlays;
5233
5234 /* Detect address space overflow on allocated sections. */
5235 addr_mask = ((bfd_vma) 1 <<
5236 (bfd_arch_bits_per_address (link_info.output_bfd) - 1)) - 1;
5237 addr_mask = (addr_mask << 1) + 1;
5238 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5239 if ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5240 {
5241 s_end = (s->vma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5242 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->vma & addr_mask))
5243 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA wraps around address space\n"),
5244 s->name);
5245 else
5246 {
5247 s_end = (s->lma + s->size) & addr_mask;
5248 if (s_end != 0 && s_end < (s->lma & addr_mask))
5249 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA wraps around address space\n"),
5250 s->name);
5251 }
5252 }
5253
5254 if (bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd) <= 1)
5255 return;
5256
5257 count = bfd_count_sections (link_info.output_bfd);
5258 sections = XNEWVEC (struct check_sec, count);
5259
5260 /* Scan all sections in the output list. */
5261 count = 0;
5262 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
5263 {
5264 if (IGNORE_SECTION (s)
5265 || s->size == 0)
5266 continue;
5267
5268 sections[count].sec = s;
5269 sections[count].warned = FALSE;
5270 count++;
5271 }
5272
5273 if (count <= 1)
5274 {
5275 free (sections);
5276 return;
5277 }
5278
5279 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_lma);
5280
5281 /* First check section LMAs. There should be no overlap of LMAs on
5282 loadable sections, even with overlays. */
5283 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5284 {
5285 s = sections[i].sec;
5286 init_opb (s);
5287 if ((s->flags & SEC_LOAD) != 0)
5288 {
5289 s_start = s->lma;
5290 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5291
5292 /* Look for an overlap. We have sorted sections by lma, so
5293 we know that s_start >= p_start. Besides the obvious
5294 case of overlap when the current section starts before
5295 the previous one ends, we also must have overlap if the
5296 previous section wraps around the address space. */
5297 if (p != NULL
5298 && (s_start <= p_end
5299 || p_end < p_start))
5300 {
5301 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s LMA [%V,%V]"
5302 " overlaps section %s LMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5303 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5304 sections[i].warned = TRUE;
5305 }
5306 p = s;
5307 p_start = s_start;
5308 p_end = s_end;
5309 }
5310 }
5311
5312 /* If any non-zero size allocated section (excluding tbss) starts at
5313 exactly the same VMA as another such section, then we have
5314 overlays. Overlays generated by the OVERLAY keyword will have
5315 this property. It is possible to intentionally generate overlays
5316 that fail this test, but it would be unusual. */
5317 qsort (sections, count, sizeof (*sections), sort_sections_by_vma);
5318 overlays = FALSE;
5319 p_start = sections[0].sec->vma;
5320 for (i = 1; i < count; i++)
5321 {
5322 s_start = sections[i].sec->vma;
5323 if (p_start == s_start)
5324 {
5325 overlays = TRUE;
5326 break;
5327 }
5328 p_start = s_start;
5329 }
5330
5331 /* Now check section VMAs if no overlays were detected. */
5332 if (!overlays)
5333 {
5334 for (p = NULL, i = 0; i < count; i++)
5335 {
5336 s = sections[i].sec;
5337 init_opb (s);
5338 s_start = s->vma;
5339 s_end = s_start + TO_ADDR (s->size) - 1;
5340
5341 if (p != NULL
5342 && !sections[i].warned
5343 && (s_start <= p_end
5344 || p_end < p_start))
5345 einfo (_("%X%P: section %s VMA [%V,%V]"
5346 " overlaps section %s VMA [%V,%V]\n"),
5347 s->name, s_start, s_end, p->name, p_start, p_end);
5348 p = s;
5349 p_start = s_start;
5350 p_end = s_end;
5351 }
5352 }
5353
5354 free (sections);
5355
5356 /* If any memory region has overflowed, report by how much.
5357 We do not issue this diagnostic for regions that had sections
5358 explicitly placed outside their bounds; os_region_check's
5359 diagnostics are adequate for that case.
5360
5361 FIXME: It is conceivable that m->current - (m->origin + m->length)
5362 might overflow a 32-bit integer. There is, alas, no way to print
5363 a bfd_vma quantity in decimal. */
5364 for (m = lang_memory_region_list; m; m = m->next)
5365 if (m->had_full_message)
5366 {
5367 unsigned long over = m->current - (m->origin + m->length);
5368 einfo (ngettext ("%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu byte\n",
5369 "%X%P: region `%s' overflowed by %lu bytes\n",
5370 over),
5371 m->name_list.name, over);
5372 }
5373 }
5374
5375 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. We explicitly permit the
5376 current address to be at the exact end of the region when the address is
5377 non-zero, in case the region is at the end of addressable memory and the
5378 calculation wraps around. */
5379
5380 static void
5381 os_region_check (lang_output_section_statement_type *os,
5382 lang_memory_region_type *region,
5383 etree_type *tree,
5384 bfd_vma rbase)
5385 {
5386 if ((region->current < region->origin
5387 || (region->current - region->origin > region->length))
5388 && ((region->current != region->origin + region->length)
5389 || rbase == 0))
5390 {
5391 if (tree != NULL)
5392 {
5393 einfo (_("%X%P: address 0x%v of %pB section `%s'"
5394 " is not within region `%s'\n"),
5395 region->current,
5396 os->bfd_section->owner,
5397 os->bfd_section->name,
5398 region->name_list.name);
5399 }
5400 else if (!region->had_full_message)
5401 {
5402 region->had_full_message = TRUE;
5403
5404 einfo (_("%X%P: %pB section `%s' will not fit in region `%s'\n"),
5405 os->bfd_section->owner,
5406 os->bfd_section->name,
5407 region->name_list.name);
5408 }
5409 }
5410 }
5411
5412 static void
5413 ldlang_check_relro_region (lang_statement_union_type *s,
5414 seg_align_type *seg)
5415 {
5416 if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_start)
5417 {
5418 if (!seg->relro_start_stat)
5419 seg->relro_start_stat = s;
5420 else
5421 {
5422 ASSERT (seg->relro_start_stat == s);
5423 }
5424 }
5425 else if (seg->relro == exp_seg_relro_end)
5426 {
5427 if (!seg->relro_end_stat)
5428 seg->relro_end_stat = s;
5429 else
5430 {
5431 ASSERT (seg->relro_end_stat == s);
5432 }
5433 }
5434 }
5435
5436 /* Set the sizes for all the output sections. */
5437
5438 static bfd_vma
5439 lang_size_sections_1
5440 (lang_statement_union_type **prev,
5441 lang_output_section_statement_type *output_section_statement,
5442 fill_type *fill,
5443 bfd_vma dot,
5444 bfd_boolean *relax,
5445 bfd_boolean check_regions)
5446 {
5447 lang_statement_union_type *s;
5448
5449 /* Size up the sections from their constituent parts. */
5450 for (s = *prev; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
5451 {
5452 switch (s->header.type)
5453 {
5454 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
5455 {
5456 bfd_vma newdot, after, dotdelta;
5457 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
5458 lang_memory_region_type *r;
5459 int section_alignment = 0;
5460
5461 os = &s->output_section_statement;
5462 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
5463 if (os->constraint == -1)
5464 break;
5465
5466 /* FIXME: We shouldn't need to zero section vmas for ld -r
5467 here, in lang_insert_orphan, or in the default linker scripts.
5468 This is covering for coff backend linker bugs. See PR6945. */
5469 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
5470 && bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5471 && (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5472 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5473 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
5474 if (os->addr_tree != NULL)
5475 {
5476 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
5477 exp_fold_tree (os->addr_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5478
5479 if (expld.result.valid_p)
5480 {
5481 dot = expld.result.value;
5482 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
5483 dot += expld.result.section->vma;
5484 }
5485 else if (expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5486 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: non constant or forward reference"
5487 " address expression for section %s\n"),
5488 os->addr_tree, os->name);
5489 }
5490
5491 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
5492 /* This section was removed or never actually created. */
5493 break;
5494
5495 /* If this is a COFF shared library section, use the size and
5496 address from the input section. FIXME: This is COFF
5497 specific; it would be cleaner if there were some other way
5498 to do this, but nothing simple comes to mind. */
5499 if (((bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5500 == bfd_target_ecoff_flavour)
5501 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5502 == bfd_target_coff_flavour))
5503 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_COFF_SHARED_LIBRARY) != 0)
5504 {
5505 asection *input;
5506
5507 if (os->children.head == NULL
5508 || os->children.head->header.next != NULL
5509 || (os->children.head->header.type
5510 != lang_input_section_enum))
5511 einfo (_("%X%P: internal error on COFF shared library"
5512 " section %s\n"), os->name);
5513
5514 input = os->children.head->input_section.section;
5515 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section,
5516 bfd_section_vma (input));
5517 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5518 os->bfd_section->size = input->size;
5519 break;
5520 }
5521
5522 newdot = dot;
5523 dotdelta = 0;
5524 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section))
5525 {
5526 /* No matter what happens, an abs section starts at zero. */
5527 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->vma == 0);
5528 }
5529 else
5530 {
5531 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
5532 {
5533 /* No address specified for this section, get one
5534 from the region specification. */
5535 if (os->region == NULL
5536 || ((os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD))
5537 && os->region->name_list.name[0] == '*'
5538 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5539 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0))
5540 {
5541 os->region = lang_memory_default (os->bfd_section);
5542 }
5543
5544 /* If a loadable section is using the default memory
5545 region, and some non default memory regions were
5546 defined, issue an error message. */
5547 if (!os->ignored
5548 && !IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5549 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
5550 && check_regions
5551 && strcmp (os->region->name_list.name,
5552 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0
5553 && lang_memory_region_list != NULL
5554 && (strcmp (lang_memory_region_list->name_list.name,
5555 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) != 0
5556 || lang_memory_region_list->next != NULL)
5557 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5558 {
5559 /* By default this is an error rather than just a
5560 warning because if we allocate the section to the
5561 default memory region we can end up creating an
5562 excessively large binary, or even seg faulting when
5563 attempting to perform a negative seek. See
5564 sources.redhat.com/ml/binutils/2003-04/msg00423.html
5565 for an example of this. This behaviour can be
5566 overridden by the using the --no-check-sections
5567 switch. */
5568 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
5569 einfo (_("%F%P: error: no memory region specified"
5570 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5571 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5572 else
5573 einfo (_("%P: warning: no memory region specified"
5574 " for loadable section `%s'\n"),
5575 bfd_section_name (os->bfd_section));
5576 }
5577
5578 newdot = os->region->current;
5579 section_alignment = os->bfd_section->alignment_power;
5580 }
5581 else
5582 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5583 "section alignment");
5584
5585 /* Align to what the section needs. */
5586 if (section_alignment > 0)
5587 {
5588 bfd_vma savedot = newdot;
5589 newdot = align_power (newdot, section_alignment);
5590
5591 dotdelta = newdot - savedot;
5592 if (dotdelta != 0
5593 && (config.warn_section_align
5594 || os->addr_tree != NULL)
5595 && expld.phase != lang_mark_phase_enum)
5596 einfo (ngettext ("%P: warning: changing start of "
5597 "section %s by %lu byte\n",
5598 "%P: warning: changing start of "
5599 "section %s by %lu bytes\n",
5600 (unsigned long) dotdelta),
5601 os->name, (unsigned long) dotdelta);
5602 }
5603
5604 bfd_set_section_vma (os->bfd_section, newdot);
5605
5606 os->bfd_section->output_offset = 0;
5607 }
5608
5609 lang_size_sections_1 (&os->children.head, os,
5610 os->fill, newdot, relax, check_regions);
5611
5612 os->processed_vma = TRUE;
5613
5614 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5615 /* Except for some special linker created sections,
5616 no output section should change from zero size
5617 after strip_excluded_output_sections. A non-zero
5618 size on an ignored section indicates that some
5619 input section was not sized early enough. */
5620 ASSERT (os->bfd_section->size == 0);
5621 else
5622 {
5623 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
5624
5625 /* Put the section within the requested block size, or
5626 align at the block boundary. */
5627 after = ((dot
5628 + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size)
5629 + os->block_value - 1)
5630 & - (bfd_vma) os->block_value);
5631
5632 if (!(os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5633 os->bfd_section->size = TO_SIZE (after
5634 - os->bfd_section->vma);
5635 }
5636
5637 /* Set section lma. */
5638 r = os->region;
5639 if (r == NULL)
5640 r = lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, FALSE);
5641
5642 if (os->load_base)
5643 {
5644 bfd_vma lma = exp_get_abs_int (os->load_base, 0, "load base");
5645 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5646 }
5647 else if (os->lma_region != NULL)
5648 {
5649 bfd_vma lma = os->lma_region->current;
5650
5651 if (os->align_lma_with_input)
5652 lma += dotdelta;
5653 else
5654 {
5655 /* When LMA_REGION is the same as REGION, align the LMA
5656 as we did for the VMA, possibly including alignment
5657 from the bfd section. If a different region, then
5658 only align according to the value in the output
5659 statement. */
5660 if (os->lma_region != os->region)
5661 section_alignment = exp_get_power (os->section_alignment,
5662 "section alignment");
5663 if (section_alignment > 0)
5664 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5665 }
5666 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5667 }
5668 else if (r->last_os != NULL
5669 && (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
5670 {
5671 bfd_vma lma;
5672 asection *last;
5673
5674 last = r->last_os->output_section_statement.bfd_section;
5675
5676 /* A backwards move of dot should be accompanied by
5677 an explicit assignment to the section LMA (ie.
5678 os->load_base set) because backwards moves can
5679 create overlapping LMAs. */
5680 if (dot < last->vma
5681 && os->bfd_section->size != 0
5682 && dot + TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size) <= last->vma)
5683 {
5684 /* If dot moved backwards then leave lma equal to
5685 vma. This is the old default lma, which might
5686 just happen to work when the backwards move is
5687 sufficiently large. Nag if this changes anything,
5688 so people can fix their linker scripts. */
5689
5690 if (last->vma != last->lma)
5691 einfo (_("%P: warning: dot moved backwards "
5692 "before `%s'\n"), os->name);
5693 }
5694 else
5695 {
5696 /* If this is an overlay, set the current lma to that
5697 at the end of the previous section. */
5698 if (os->sectype == overlay_section)
5699 lma = last->lma + TO_ADDR (last->size);
5700
5701 /* Otherwise, keep the same lma to vma relationship
5702 as the previous section. */
5703 else
5704 lma = os->bfd_section->vma + last->lma - last->vma;
5705
5706 if (section_alignment > 0)
5707 lma = align_power (lma, section_alignment);
5708 os->bfd_section->lma = lma;
5709 }
5710 }
5711 os->processed_lma = TRUE;
5712
5713 /* Keep track of normal sections using the default
5714 lma region. We use this to set the lma for
5715 following sections. Overlays or other linker
5716 script assignment to lma might mean that the
5717 default lma == vma is incorrect.
5718 To avoid warnings about dot moving backwards when using
5719 -Ttext, don't start tracking sections until we find one
5720 of non-zero size or with lma set differently to vma.
5721 Do this tracking before we short-cut the loop so that we
5722 track changes for the case where the section size is zero,
5723 but the lma is set differently to the vma. This is
5724 important, if an orphan section is placed after an
5725 otherwise empty output section that has an explicit lma
5726 set, we want that lma reflected in the orphans lma. */
5727 if (((!IGNORE_SECTION (os->bfd_section)
5728 && (os->bfd_section->size != 0
5729 || (r->last_os == NULL
5730 && os->bfd_section->vma != os->bfd_section->lma)
5731 || (r->last_os != NULL
5732 && dot >= (r->last_os->output_section_statement
5733 .bfd_section->vma))))
5734 || os->sectype == first_overlay_section)
5735 && os->lma_region == NULL
5736 && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5737 r->last_os = s;
5738
5739 if (bfd_is_abs_section (os->bfd_section) || os->ignored)
5740 break;
5741
5742 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
5743 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
5744 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
5745 dotdelta = TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
5746 else
5747 dotdelta = 0;
5748 dot += dotdelta;
5749
5750 if (os->update_dot_tree != 0)
5751 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5752
5753 /* Update dot in the region ?
5754 We only do this if the section is going to be allocated,
5755 since unallocated sections do not contribute to the region's
5756 overall size in memory. */
5757 if (os->region != NULL
5758 && (os->bfd_section->flags & (SEC_ALLOC | SEC_LOAD)))
5759 {
5760 os->region->current = dot;
5761
5762 if (check_regions)
5763 /* Make sure the new address is within the region. */
5764 os_region_check (os, os->region, os->addr_tree,
5765 os->bfd_section->vma);
5766
5767 if (os->lma_region != NULL && os->lma_region != os->region
5768 && ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_LOAD)
5769 || os->align_lma_with_input))
5770 {
5771 os->lma_region->current = os->bfd_section->lma + dotdelta;
5772
5773 if (check_regions)
5774 os_region_check (os, os->lma_region, NULL,
5775 os->bfd_section->lma);
5776 }
5777 }
5778 }
5779 break;
5780
5781 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
5782 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&constructor_list.head,
5783 output_section_statement,
5784 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5785 break;
5786
5787 case lang_data_statement_enum:
5788 {
5789 unsigned int size = 0;
5790
5791 s->data_statement.output_offset =
5792 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5793 s->data_statement.output_section =
5794 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5795
5796 /* We might refer to provided symbols in the expression, and
5797 need to mark them as needed. */
5798 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
5799
5800 switch (s->data_statement.type)
5801 {
5802 default:
5803 abort ();
5804 case QUAD:
5805 case SQUAD:
5806 size = QUAD_SIZE;
5807 break;
5808 case LONG:
5809 size = LONG_SIZE;
5810 break;
5811 case SHORT:
5812 size = SHORT_SIZE;
5813 break;
5814 case BYTE:
5815 size = BYTE_SIZE;
5816 break;
5817 }
5818 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
5819 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
5820 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5821 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5822 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5823 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5824 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5825
5826 }
5827 break;
5828
5829 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
5830 {
5831 int size;
5832
5833 s->reloc_statement.output_offset =
5834 dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5835 s->reloc_statement.output_section =
5836 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5837 size = bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto);
5838 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
5839 if (!(output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags
5840 & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
5841 output_section_statement->bfd_section->size
5842 = TO_SIZE (dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma);
5843 }
5844 break;
5845
5846 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
5847 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->wild_statement.children.head,
5848 output_section_statement,
5849 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5850 break;
5851
5852 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
5853 link_info.create_object_symbols_section
5854 = output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5855 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
5856 break;
5857
5858 case lang_output_statement_enum:
5859 case lang_target_statement_enum:
5860 break;
5861
5862 case lang_input_section_enum:
5863 {
5864 asection *i;
5865
5866 i = s->input_section.section;
5867 if (relax)
5868 {
5869 bfd_boolean again;
5870
5871 if (!bfd_relax_section (i->owner, i, &link_info, &again))
5872 einfo (_("%F%P: can't relax section: %E\n"));
5873 if (again)
5874 *relax = TRUE;
5875 }
5876 dot = size_input_section (prev, output_section_statement,
5877 fill, dot);
5878 }
5879 break;
5880
5881 case lang_input_statement_enum:
5882 break;
5883
5884 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
5885 s->fill_statement.output_section =
5886 output_section_statement->bfd_section;
5887
5888 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
5889 break;
5890
5891 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
5892 {
5893 bfd_vma newdot = dot;
5894 etree_type *tree = s->assignment_statement.exp;
5895
5896 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5897
5898 exp_fold_tree (tree,
5899 output_section_statement->bfd_section,
5900 &newdot);
5901
5902 ldlang_check_relro_region (s, &expld.dataseg);
5903
5904 expld.dataseg.relro = exp_seg_relro_none;
5905
5906 /* This symbol may be relative to this section. */
5907 if ((tree->type.node_class == etree_provided
5908 || tree->type.node_class == etree_assign)
5909 && (tree->assign.dst [0] != '.'
5910 || tree->assign.dst [1] != '\0'))
5911 output_section_statement->update_dot = 1;
5912
5913 if (!output_section_statement->ignored)
5914 {
5915 if (output_section_statement == abs_output_section)
5916 {
5917 /* If we don't have an output section, then just adjust
5918 the default memory address. */
5919 lang_memory_region_lookup (DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION,
5920 FALSE)->current = newdot;
5921 }
5922 else if (newdot != dot)
5923 {
5924 /* Insert a pad after this statement. We can't
5925 put the pad before when relaxing, in case the
5926 assignment references dot. */
5927 insert_pad (&s->header.next, fill, TO_SIZE (newdot - dot),
5928 output_section_statement->bfd_section, dot);
5929
5930 /* Don't neuter the pad below when relaxing. */
5931 s = s->header.next;
5932
5933 /* If dot is advanced, this implies that the section
5934 should have space allocated to it, unless the
5935 user has explicitly stated that the section
5936 should not be allocated. */
5937 if (output_section_statement->sectype != noalloc_section
5938 && (output_section_statement->sectype != noload_section
5939 || (bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)
5940 == bfd_target_elf_flavour)))
5941 output_section_statement->bfd_section->flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
5942 }
5943 dot = newdot;
5944 }
5945 }
5946 break;
5947
5948 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
5949 /* If this is the first time lang_size_sections is called,
5950 we won't have any padding statements. If this is the
5951 second or later passes when relaxing, we should allow
5952 padding to shrink. If padding is needed on this pass, it
5953 will be added back in. */
5954 s->padding_statement.size = 0;
5955
5956 /* Make sure output_offset is valid. If relaxation shrinks
5957 the section and this pad isn't needed, it's possible to
5958 have output_offset larger than the final size of the
5959 section. bfd_set_section_contents will complain even for
5960 a pad size of zero. */
5961 s->padding_statement.output_offset
5962 = dot - output_section_statement->bfd_section->vma;
5963 break;
5964
5965 case lang_group_statement_enum:
5966 dot = lang_size_sections_1 (&s->group_statement.children.head,
5967 output_section_statement,
5968 fill, dot, relax, check_regions);
5969 break;
5970
5971 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
5972 break;
5973
5974 /* We can only get here when relaxing is turned on. */
5975 case lang_address_statement_enum:
5976 break;
5977
5978 default:
5979 FAIL ();
5980 break;
5981 }
5982 prev = &s->header.next;
5983 }
5984 return dot;
5985 }
5986
5987 /* Callback routine that is used in _bfd_elf_map_sections_to_segments.
5988 The BFD library has set NEW_SEGMENT to TRUE iff it thinks that
5989 CURRENT_SECTION and PREVIOUS_SECTION ought to be placed into different
5990 segments. We are allowed an opportunity to override this decision. */
5991
5992 bfd_boolean
5993 ldlang_override_segment_assignment (struct bfd_link_info *info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5994 bfd *abfd ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
5995 asection *current_section,
5996 asection *previous_section,
5997 bfd_boolean new_segment)
5998 {
5999 lang_output_section_statement_type *cur;
6000 lang_output_section_statement_type *prev;
6001
6002 /* The checks below are only necessary when the BFD library has decided
6003 that the two sections ought to be placed into the same segment. */
6004 if (new_segment)
6005 return TRUE;
6006
6007 /* Paranoia checks. */
6008 if (current_section == NULL || previous_section == NULL)
6009 return new_segment;
6010
6011 /* If this flag is set, the target never wants code and non-code
6012 sections comingled in the same segment. */
6013 if (config.separate_code
6014 && ((current_section->flags ^ previous_section->flags) & SEC_CODE))
6015 return TRUE;
6016
6017 /* Find the memory regions associated with the two sections.
6018 We call lang_output_section_find() here rather than scanning the list
6019 of output sections looking for a matching section pointer because if
6020 we have a large number of sections then a hash lookup is faster. */
6021 cur = lang_output_section_find (current_section->name);
6022 prev = lang_output_section_find (previous_section->name);
6023
6024 /* More paranoia. */
6025 if (cur == NULL || prev == NULL)
6026 return new_segment;
6027
6028 /* If the regions are different then force the sections to live in
6029 different segments. See the email thread starting at the following
6030 URL for the reasons why this is necessary:
6031 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00216.html */
6032 return cur->region != prev->region;
6033 }
6034
6035 void
6036 one_lang_size_sections_pass (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6037 {
6038 lang_statement_iteration++;
6039 lang_size_sections_1 (&statement_list.head, abs_output_section,
6040 0, 0, relax, check_regions);
6041 }
6042
6043 static bfd_boolean
6044 lang_size_segment (seg_align_type *seg)
6045 {
6046 /* If XXX_SEGMENT_ALIGN XXX_SEGMENT_END pair was seen, check whether
6047 a page could be saved in the data segment. */
6048 bfd_vma first, last;
6049
6050 first = -seg->base & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6051 last = seg->end & (seg->pagesize - 1);
6052 if (first && last
6053 && ((seg->base & ~(seg->pagesize - 1))
6054 != (seg->end & ~(seg->pagesize - 1)))
6055 && first + last <= seg->pagesize)
6056 {
6057 seg->phase = exp_seg_adjust;
6058 return TRUE;
6059 }
6060
6061 seg->phase = exp_seg_done;
6062 return FALSE;
6063 }
6064
6065 static bfd_vma
6066 lang_size_relro_segment_1 (seg_align_type *seg)
6067 {
6068 bfd_vma relro_end, desired_end;
6069 asection *sec;
6070
6071 /* Compute the expected PT_GNU_RELRO/PT_LOAD segment end. */
6072 relro_end = ((seg->relro_end + seg->pagesize - 1)
6073 & ~(seg->pagesize - 1));
6074
6075 /* Adjust by the offset arg of XXX_SEGMENT_RELRO_END. */
6076 desired_end = relro_end - seg->relro_offset;
6077
6078 /* For sections in the relro segment.. */
6079 for (sec = link_info.output_bfd->section_last; sec; sec = sec->prev)
6080 if ((sec->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0
6081 && sec->vma >= seg->base
6082 && sec->vma < seg->relro_end - seg->relro_offset)
6083 {
6084 /* Where do we want to put this section so that it ends as
6085 desired? */
6086 bfd_vma start, end, bump;
6087
6088 end = start = sec->vma;
6089 if (!IS_TBSS (sec))
6090 end += TO_ADDR (sec->size);
6091 bump = desired_end - end;
6092 /* We'd like to increase START by BUMP, but we must heed
6093 alignment so the increase might be less than optimum. */
6094 start += bump;
6095 start &= ~(((bfd_vma) 1 << sec->alignment_power) - 1);
6096 /* This is now the desired end for the previous section. */
6097 desired_end = start;
6098 }
6099
6100 seg->phase = exp_seg_relro_adjust;
6101 ASSERT (desired_end >= seg->base);
6102 seg->base = desired_end;
6103 return relro_end;
6104 }
6105
6106 static bfd_boolean
6107 lang_size_relro_segment (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6108 {
6109 bfd_boolean do_reset = FALSE;
6110 bfd_boolean do_data_relro;
6111 bfd_vma data_initial_base, data_relro_end;
6112
6113 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6114 {
6115 do_data_relro = TRUE;
6116 data_initial_base = expld.dataseg.base;
6117 data_relro_end = lang_size_relro_segment_1 (&expld.dataseg);
6118 }
6119 else
6120 {
6121 do_data_relro = FALSE;
6122 data_initial_base = data_relro_end = 0;
6123 }
6124
6125 if (do_data_relro)
6126 {
6127 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6128 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6129
6130 /* Assignments to dot, or to output section address in a user
6131 script have increased padding over the original. Revert. */
6132 if (do_data_relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end > data_relro_end)
6133 {
6134 expld.dataseg.base = data_initial_base;;
6135 do_reset = TRUE;
6136 }
6137 }
6138
6139 if (!do_data_relro && lang_size_segment (&expld.dataseg))
6140 do_reset = TRUE;
6141
6142 return do_reset;
6143 }
6144
6145 void
6146 lang_size_sections (bfd_boolean *relax, bfd_boolean check_regions)
6147 {
6148 expld.phase = lang_allocating_phase_enum;
6149 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_none;
6150
6151 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6152
6153 if (expld.dataseg.phase != exp_seg_end_seen)
6154 expld.dataseg.phase = exp_seg_done;
6155
6156 if (expld.dataseg.phase == exp_seg_end_seen)
6157 {
6158 bfd_boolean do_reset
6159 = lang_size_relro_segment (relax, check_regions);
6160
6161 if (do_reset)
6162 {
6163 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
6164 one_lang_size_sections_pass (relax, check_regions);
6165 }
6166
6167 if (link_info.relro && expld.dataseg.relro_end)
6168 {
6169 link_info.relro_start = expld.dataseg.base;
6170 link_info.relro_end = expld.dataseg.relro_end;
6171 }
6172 }
6173 }
6174
6175 static lang_output_section_statement_type *current_section;
6176 static lang_assignment_statement_type *current_assign;
6177 static bfd_boolean prefer_next_section;
6178
6179 /* Worker function for lang_do_assignments. Recursiveness goes here. */
6180
6181 static bfd_vma
6182 lang_do_assignments_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
6183 lang_output_section_statement_type *current_os,
6184 fill_type *fill,
6185 bfd_vma dot,
6186 bfd_boolean *found_end)
6187 {
6188 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
6189 {
6190 switch (s->header.type)
6191 {
6192 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
6193 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (constructor_list.head,
6194 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6195 break;
6196
6197 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
6198 {
6199 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6200 bfd_vma newdot;
6201
6202 os = &(s->output_section_statement);
6203 os->after_end = *found_end;
6204 init_opb (os->bfd_section);
6205 if (os->bfd_section != NULL && !os->ignored)
6206 {
6207 if ((os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) != 0)
6208 {
6209 current_section = os;
6210 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6211 }
6212 dot = os->bfd_section->vma;
6213 }
6214 newdot = lang_do_assignments_1 (os->children.head,
6215 os, os->fill, dot, found_end);
6216 if (!os->ignored)
6217 {
6218 if (os->bfd_section != NULL)
6219 {
6220 /* .tbss sections effectively have zero size. */
6221 if (!IS_TBSS (os->bfd_section)
6222 || bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
6223 dot += TO_ADDR (os->bfd_section->size);
6224
6225 if (os->update_dot_tree != NULL)
6226 exp_fold_tree (os->update_dot_tree,
6227 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6228 }
6229 else
6230 dot = newdot;
6231 }
6232 }
6233 break;
6234
6235 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
6236
6237 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->wild_statement.children.head,
6238 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6239 break;
6240
6241 case lang_object_symbols_statement_enum:
6242 case lang_output_statement_enum:
6243 case lang_target_statement_enum:
6244 break;
6245
6246 case lang_data_statement_enum:
6247 exp_fold_tree (s->data_statement.exp, bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6248 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6249 {
6250 s->data_statement.value = expld.result.value;
6251 if (expld.result.section != NULL)
6252 s->data_statement.value += expld.result.section->vma;
6253 }
6254 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6255 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid data statement\n"));
6256 {
6257 unsigned int size;
6258 switch (s->data_statement.type)
6259 {
6260 default:
6261 abort ();
6262 case QUAD:
6263 case SQUAD:
6264 size = QUAD_SIZE;
6265 break;
6266 case LONG:
6267 size = LONG_SIZE;
6268 break;
6269 case SHORT:
6270 size = SHORT_SIZE;
6271 break;
6272 case BYTE:
6273 size = BYTE_SIZE;
6274 break;
6275 }
6276 if (size < TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1))
6277 size = TO_SIZE ((unsigned) 1);
6278 dot += TO_ADDR (size);
6279 }
6280 break;
6281
6282 case lang_reloc_statement_enum:
6283 exp_fold_tree (s->reloc_statement.addend_exp,
6284 bfd_abs_section_ptr, &dot);
6285 if (expld.result.valid_p)
6286 s->reloc_statement.addend_value = expld.result.value;
6287 else if (expld.phase == lang_final_phase_enum)
6288 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid reloc statement\n"));
6289 dot += TO_ADDR (bfd_get_reloc_size (s->reloc_statement.howto));
6290 break;
6291
6292 case lang_input_section_enum:
6293 {
6294 asection *in = s->input_section.section;
6295
6296 if ((in->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0)
6297 dot += TO_ADDR (in->size);
6298 }
6299 break;
6300
6301 case lang_input_statement_enum:
6302 break;
6303
6304 case lang_fill_statement_enum:
6305 fill = s->fill_statement.fill;
6306 break;
6307
6308 case lang_assignment_statement_enum:
6309 current_assign = &s->assignment_statement;
6310 if (current_assign->exp->type.node_class != etree_assert)
6311 {
6312 const char *p = current_assign->exp->assign.dst;
6313
6314 if (current_os == abs_output_section && p[0] == '.' && p[1] == 0)
6315 prefer_next_section = TRUE;
6316
6317 while (*p == '_')
6318 ++p;
6319 if (strcmp (p, "end") == 0)
6320 *found_end = TRUE;
6321 }
6322 exp_fold_tree (s->assignment_statement.exp,
6323 (current_os->bfd_section != NULL
6324 ? current_os->bfd_section : bfd_und_section_ptr),
6325 &dot);
6326 break;
6327
6328 case lang_padding_statement_enum:
6329 dot += TO_ADDR (s->padding_statement.size);
6330 break;
6331
6332 case lang_group_statement_enum:
6333 dot = lang_do_assignments_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
6334 current_os, fill, dot, found_end);
6335 break;
6336
6337 case lang_insert_statement_enum:
6338 break;
6339
6340 case lang_address_statement_enum:
6341 break;
6342
6343 default:
6344 FAIL ();
6345 break;
6346 }
6347 }
6348 return dot;
6349 }
6350
6351 void
6352 lang_do_assignments (lang_phase_type phase)
6353 {
6354 bfd_boolean found_end = FALSE;
6355
6356 current_section = NULL;
6357 prefer_next_section = FALSE;
6358 expld.phase = phase;
6359 lang_statement_iteration++;
6360 lang_do_assignments_1 (statement_list.head,
6361 abs_output_section, NULL, 0, &found_end);
6362 }
6363
6364 /* For an assignment statement outside of an output section statement,
6365 choose the best of neighbouring output sections to use for values
6366 of "dot". */
6367
6368 asection *
6369 section_for_dot (void)
6370 {
6371 asection *s;
6372
6373 /* Assignments belong to the previous output section, unless there
6374 has been an assignment to "dot", in which case following
6375 assignments belong to the next output section. (The assumption
6376 is that an assignment to "dot" is setting up the address for the
6377 next output section.) Except that past the assignment to "_end"
6378 we always associate with the previous section. This exception is
6379 for targets like SH that define an alloc .stack or other
6380 weirdness after non-alloc sections. */
6381 if (current_section == NULL || prefer_next_section)
6382 {
6383 lang_statement_union_type *stmt;
6384 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6385
6386 for (stmt = (lang_statement_union_type *) current_assign;
6387 stmt != NULL;
6388 stmt = stmt->header.next)
6389 if (stmt->header.type == lang_output_section_statement_enum)
6390 break;
6391
6392 os = &stmt->output_section_statement;
6393 while (os != NULL
6394 && !os->after_end
6395 && (os->bfd_section == NULL
6396 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6397 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd,
6398 os->bfd_section)))
6399 os = os->next;
6400
6401 if (current_section == NULL || os == NULL || !os->after_end)
6402 {
6403 if (os != NULL)
6404 s = os->bfd_section;
6405 else
6406 s = link_info.output_bfd->section_last;
6407 while (s != NULL
6408 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6409 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6410 s = s->prev;
6411 if (s != NULL)
6412 return s;
6413
6414 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6415 }
6416 }
6417
6418 s = current_section->bfd_section;
6419
6420 /* The section may have been stripped. */
6421 while (s != NULL
6422 && ((s->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) != 0
6423 || (s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6424 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0
6425 || bfd_section_removed_from_list (link_info.output_bfd, s)))
6426 s = s->prev;
6427 if (s == NULL)
6428 s = link_info.output_bfd->sections;
6429 while (s != NULL
6430 && ((s->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0
6431 || (s->flags & SEC_THREAD_LOCAL) != 0))
6432 s = s->next;
6433 if (s != NULL)
6434 return s;
6435
6436 return bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6437 }
6438
6439 /* Array of __start/__stop/.startof./.sizeof/ symbols. */
6440
6441 static struct bfd_link_hash_entry **start_stop_syms;
6442 static size_t start_stop_count = 0;
6443 static size_t start_stop_alloc = 0;
6444
6445 /* Give start/stop SYMBOL for SEC a preliminary definition, and add it
6446 to start_stop_syms. */
6447
6448 static void
6449 lang_define_start_stop (const char *symbol, asection *sec)
6450 {
6451 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6452
6453 h = bfd_define_start_stop (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, symbol, sec);
6454 if (h != NULL)
6455 {
6456 if (start_stop_count == start_stop_alloc)
6457 {
6458 start_stop_alloc = 2 * start_stop_alloc + 10;
6459 start_stop_syms
6460 = xrealloc (start_stop_syms,
6461 start_stop_alloc * sizeof (*start_stop_syms));
6462 }
6463 start_stop_syms[start_stop_count++] = h;
6464 }
6465 }
6466
6467 /* Check for input sections whose names match references to
6468 __start_SECNAME or __stop_SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6469 preliminary definitions. */
6470
6471 static void
6472 lang_init_start_stop (void)
6473 {
6474 bfd *abfd;
6475 asection *s;
6476 char leading_char = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd);
6477
6478 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds; abfd != NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
6479 for (s = abfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6480 {
6481 const char *ps;
6482 const char *secname = s->name;
6483
6484 for (ps = secname; *ps != '\0'; ps++)
6485 if (!ISALNUM ((unsigned char) *ps) && *ps != '_')
6486 break;
6487 if (*ps == '\0')
6488 {
6489 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6490
6491 symbol[0] = leading_char;
6492 sprintf (symbol + (leading_char != 0), "__start_%s", secname);
6493 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6494
6495 symbol[1] = leading_char;
6496 memcpy (symbol + 1 + (leading_char != 0), "__stop", 6);
6497 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6498
6499 free (symbol);
6500 }
6501 }
6502 }
6503
6504 /* Iterate over start_stop_syms. */
6505
6506 static void
6507 foreach_start_stop (void (*func) (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *))
6508 {
6509 size_t i;
6510
6511 for (i = 0; i < start_stop_count; ++i)
6512 func (start_stop_syms[i]);
6513 }
6514
6515 /* __start and __stop symbols are only supposed to be defined by the
6516 linker for orphan sections, but we now extend that to sections that
6517 map to an output section of the same name. The symbols were
6518 defined early for --gc-sections, before we mapped input to output
6519 sections, so undo those that don't satisfy this rule. */
6520
6521 static void
6522 undef_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6523 {
6524 if (h->ldscript_def)
6525 return;
6526
6527 if (h->u.def.section->output_section == NULL
6528 || h->u.def.section->output_section->owner != link_info.output_bfd
6529 || strcmp (h->u.def.section->name,
6530 h->u.def.section->output_section->name) != 0)
6531 {
6532 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd,
6533 h->u.def.section->name);
6534 if (sec != NULL)
6535 {
6536 /* When there are more than one input sections with the same
6537 section name, SECNAME, linker picks the first one to define
6538 __start_SECNAME and __stop_SECNAME symbols. When the first
6539 input section is removed by comdat group, we need to check
6540 if there is still an output section with section name
6541 SECNAME. */
6542 asection *i;
6543 for (i = sec->map_head.s; i != NULL; i = i->map_head.s)
6544 if (strcmp (h->u.def.section->name, i->name) == 0)
6545 {
6546 h->u.def.section = i;
6547 return;
6548 }
6549 }
6550 h->type = bfd_link_hash_undefined;
6551 h->u.undef.abfd = NULL;
6552 }
6553 }
6554
6555 static void
6556 lang_undef_start_stop (void)
6557 {
6558 foreach_start_stop (undef_start_stop);
6559 }
6560
6561 /* Check for output sections whose names match references to
6562 .startof.SECNAME or .sizeof.SECNAME symbols. Give the symbols
6563 preliminary definitions. */
6564
6565 static void
6566 lang_init_startof_sizeof (void)
6567 {
6568 asection *s;
6569
6570 for (s = link_info.output_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6571 {
6572 const char *secname = s->name;
6573 char *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (10 + strlen (secname));
6574
6575 sprintf (symbol, ".startof.%s", secname);
6576 lang_define_start_stop (symbol, s);
6577
6578 memcpy (symbol + 1, ".size", 5);
6579 lang_define_start_stop (symbol + 1, s);
6580 free (symbol);
6581 }
6582 }
6583
6584 /* Set .startof., .sizeof., __start and __stop symbols final values. */
6585
6586 static void
6587 set_start_stop (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h)
6588 {
6589 if (h->ldscript_def
6590 || h->type != bfd_link_hash_defined)
6591 return;
6592
6593 if (h->root.string[0] == '.')
6594 {
6595 /* .startof. or .sizeof. symbol.
6596 .startof. already has final value. */
6597 if (h->root.string[2] == 'i')
6598 {
6599 /* .sizeof. */
6600 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6601 h->u.def.section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6602 }
6603 }
6604 else
6605 {
6606 /* __start or __stop symbol. */
6607 int has_lead = bfd_get_symbol_leading_char (link_info.output_bfd) != 0;
6608
6609 h->u.def.section = h->u.def.section->output_section;
6610 if (h->root.string[4 + has_lead] == 'o')
6611 {
6612 /* __stop_ */
6613 h->u.def.value = TO_ADDR (h->u.def.section->size);
6614 }
6615 }
6616 }
6617
6618 static void
6619 lang_finalize_start_stop (void)
6620 {
6621 foreach_start_stop (set_start_stop);
6622 }
6623
6624 static void
6625 lang_end (void)
6626 {
6627 struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h;
6628 bfd_boolean warn;
6629
6630 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info) && !link_info.gc_sections)
6631 || bfd_link_dll (&link_info))
6632 warn = entry_from_cmdline;
6633 else
6634 warn = TRUE;
6635
6636 /* Force the user to specify a root when generating a relocatable with
6637 --gc-sections, unless --gc-keep-exported was also given. */
6638 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6639 && link_info.gc_sections
6640 && !link_info.gc_keep_exported
6641 && !(entry_from_cmdline || undef_from_cmdline))
6642 einfo (_("%F%P: gc-sections requires either an entry or "
6643 "an undefined symbol\n"));
6644
6645 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
6646 {
6647 /* No entry has been specified. Look for the default entry, but
6648 don't warn if we don't find it. */
6649 entry_symbol.name = entry_symbol_default;
6650 warn = FALSE;
6651 }
6652
6653 h = bfd_link_hash_lookup (link_info.hash, entry_symbol.name,
6654 FALSE, FALSE, TRUE);
6655 if (h != NULL
6656 && (h->type == bfd_link_hash_defined
6657 || h->type == bfd_link_hash_defweak)
6658 && h->u.def.section->output_section != NULL)
6659 {
6660 bfd_vma val;
6661
6662 val = (h->u.def.value
6663 + bfd_section_vma (h->u.def.section->output_section)
6664 + h->u.def.section->output_offset);
6665 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6666 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: can't set start address\n"), entry_symbol.name);
6667 }
6668 else
6669 {
6670 bfd_vma val;
6671 const char *send;
6672
6673 /* We couldn't find the entry symbol. Try parsing it as a
6674 number. */
6675 val = bfd_scan_vma (entry_symbol.name, &send, 0);
6676 if (*send == '\0')
6677 {
6678 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd, val))
6679 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6680 }
6681 else
6682 {
6683 asection *ts;
6684
6685 /* Can't find the entry symbol, and it's not a number. Use
6686 the first address in the text section. */
6687 ts = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, entry_section);
6688 if (ts != NULL)
6689 {
6690 if (warn)
6691 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6692 " defaulting to %V\n"),
6693 entry_symbol.name,
6694 bfd_section_vma (ts));
6695 if (!bfd_set_start_address (link_info.output_bfd,
6696 bfd_section_vma (ts)))
6697 einfo (_("%F%P: can't set start address\n"));
6698 }
6699 else
6700 {
6701 if (warn)
6702 einfo (_("%P: warning: cannot find entry symbol %s;"
6703 " not setting start address\n"),
6704 entry_symbol.name);
6705 }
6706 }
6707 }
6708 }
6709
6710 /* This is a small function used when we want to ignore errors from
6711 BFD. */
6712
6713 static void
6714 ignore_bfd_errors (const char *fmt ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
6715 va_list ap ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
6716 {
6717 /* Don't do anything. */
6718 }
6719
6720 /* Check that the architecture of all the input files is compatible
6721 with the output file. Also call the backend to let it do any
6722 other checking that is needed. */
6723
6724 static void
6725 lang_check (void)
6726 {
6727 lang_input_statement_type *file;
6728 bfd *input_bfd;
6729 const bfd_arch_info_type *compatible;
6730
6731 for (file = (void *) file_chain.head;
6732 file != NULL;
6733 file = file->next)
6734 {
6735 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
6736 /* Don't check format of files claimed by plugin. */
6737 if (file->flags.claimed)
6738 continue;
6739 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
6740 input_bfd = file->the_bfd;
6741 compatible
6742 = bfd_arch_get_compatible (input_bfd, link_info.output_bfd,
6743 command_line.accept_unknown_input_arch);
6744
6745 /* In general it is not possible to perform a relocatable
6746 link between differing object formats when the input
6747 file has relocations, because the relocations in the
6748 input format may not have equivalent representations in
6749 the output format (and besides BFD does not translate
6750 relocs for other link purposes than a final link). */
6751 if ((bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6752 || link_info.emitrelocations)
6753 && (compatible == NULL
6754 || (bfd_get_flavour (input_bfd)
6755 != bfd_get_flavour (link_info.output_bfd)))
6756 && (bfd_get_file_flags (input_bfd) & HAS_RELOC) != 0)
6757 {
6758 einfo (_("%F%P: relocatable linking with relocations from"
6759 " format %s (%pB) to format %s (%pB) is not supported\n"),
6760 bfd_get_target (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6761 bfd_get_target (link_info.output_bfd), link_info.output_bfd);
6762 /* einfo with %F exits. */
6763 }
6764
6765 if (compatible == NULL)
6766 {
6767 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6768 einfo (_("%X%P: %s architecture of input file `%pB'"
6769 " is incompatible with %s output\n"),
6770 bfd_printable_name (input_bfd), input_bfd,
6771 bfd_printable_name (link_info.output_bfd));
6772 }
6773 else if (bfd_count_sections (input_bfd))
6774 {
6775 /* If the input bfd has no contents, it shouldn't set the
6776 private data of the output bfd. */
6777
6778 bfd_error_handler_type pfn = NULL;
6779
6780 /* If we aren't supposed to warn about mismatched input
6781 files, temporarily set the BFD error handler to a
6782 function which will do nothing. We still want to call
6783 bfd_merge_private_bfd_data, since it may set up
6784 information which is needed in the output file. */
6785 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6786 pfn = bfd_set_error_handler (ignore_bfd_errors);
6787 if (!bfd_merge_private_bfd_data (input_bfd, &link_info))
6788 {
6789 if (command_line.warn_mismatch)
6790 einfo (_("%X%P: failed to merge target specific data"
6791 " of file %pB\n"), input_bfd);
6792 }
6793 if (!command_line.warn_mismatch)
6794 bfd_set_error_handler (pfn);
6795 }
6796 }
6797 }
6798
6799 /* Look through all the global common symbols and attach them to the
6800 correct section. The -sort-common command line switch may be used
6801 to roughly sort the entries by alignment. */
6802
6803 static void
6804 lang_common (void)
6805 {
6806 if (link_info.inhibit_common_definition)
6807 return;
6808 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6809 && !command_line.force_common_definition)
6810 return;
6811
6812 if (!config.sort_common)
6813 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, NULL);
6814 else
6815 {
6816 unsigned int power;
6817
6818 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending)
6819 {
6820 for (power = 4; power > 0; power--)
6821 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6822
6823 power = 0;
6824 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6825 }
6826 else
6827 {
6828 for (power = 0; power <= 4; power++)
6829 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6830
6831 power = (unsigned int) -1;
6832 bfd_link_hash_traverse (link_info.hash, lang_one_common, &power);
6833 }
6834 }
6835 }
6836
6837 /* Place one common symbol in the correct section. */
6838
6839 static bfd_boolean
6840 lang_one_common (struct bfd_link_hash_entry *h, void *info)
6841 {
6842 unsigned int power_of_two;
6843 bfd_vma size;
6844 asection *section;
6845
6846 if (h->type != bfd_link_hash_common)
6847 return TRUE;
6848
6849 size = h->u.c.size;
6850 power_of_two = h->u.c.p->alignment_power;
6851
6852 if (config.sort_common == sort_descending
6853 && power_of_two < *(unsigned int *) info)
6854 return TRUE;
6855 else if (config.sort_common == sort_ascending
6856 && power_of_two > *(unsigned int *) info)
6857 return TRUE;
6858
6859 section = h->u.c.p->section;
6860 if (!bfd_define_common_symbol (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info, h))
6861 einfo (_("%F%P: could not define common symbol `%pT': %E\n"),
6862 h->root.string);
6863
6864 if (config.map_file != NULL)
6865 {
6866 static bfd_boolean header_printed;
6867 int len;
6868 char *name;
6869 char buf[50];
6870
6871 if (!header_printed)
6872 {
6873 minfo (_("\nAllocating common symbols\n"));
6874 minfo (_("Common symbol size file\n\n"));
6875 header_printed = TRUE;
6876 }
6877
6878 name = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, h->root.string,
6879 DMGL_ANSI | DMGL_PARAMS);
6880 if (name == NULL)
6881 {
6882 minfo ("%s", h->root.string);
6883 len = strlen (h->root.string);
6884 }
6885 else
6886 {
6887 minfo ("%s", name);
6888 len = strlen (name);
6889 free (name);
6890 }
6891
6892 if (len >= 19)
6893 {
6894 print_nl ();
6895 len = 0;
6896 }
6897 while (len < 20)
6898 {
6899 print_space ();
6900 ++len;
6901 }
6902
6903 minfo ("0x");
6904 if (size <= 0xffffffff)
6905 sprintf (buf, "%lx", (unsigned long) size);
6906 else
6907 sprintf_vma (buf, size);
6908 minfo ("%s", buf);
6909 len = strlen (buf);
6910
6911 while (len < 16)
6912 {
6913 print_space ();
6914 ++len;
6915 }
6916
6917 minfo ("%pB\n", section->owner);
6918 }
6919
6920 return TRUE;
6921 }
6922
6923 /* Handle a single orphan section S, placing the orphan into an appropriate
6924 output section. The effects of the --orphan-handling command line
6925 option are handled here. */
6926
6927 static void
6928 ldlang_place_orphan (asection *s)
6929 {
6930 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_discard)
6931 {
6932 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6933 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (DISCARD_SECTION_NAME, 0,
6934 TRUE);
6935 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6936 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6937 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6938 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6939 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6940 }
6941 else
6942 {
6943 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
6944 const char *name = s->name;
6945 int constraint = 0;
6946
6947 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_error)
6948 einfo (_("%X%P: error: unplaced orphan section `%pA' from `%pB'\n"),
6949 s, s->owner);
6950
6951 if (config.unique_orphan_sections || unique_section_p (s, NULL))
6952 constraint = SPECIAL;
6953
6954 os = ldemul_place_orphan (s, name, constraint);
6955 if (os == NULL)
6956 {
6957 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (name, constraint, TRUE);
6958 if (os->addr_tree == NULL
6959 && (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
6960 || (s->flags & (SEC_LOAD | SEC_ALLOC)) == 0))
6961 os->addr_tree = exp_intop (0);
6962 lang_add_section (&os->children, s, NULL, os);
6963 }
6964
6965 if (config.orphan_handling == orphan_handling_warn)
6966 einfo (_("%P: warning: orphan section `%pA' from `%pB' being "
6967 "placed in section `%s'\n"),
6968 s, s->owner, os->name);
6969 }
6970 }
6971
6972 /* Run through the input files and ensure that every input section has
6973 somewhere to go. If one is found without a destination then create
6974 an input request and place it into the statement tree. */
6975
6976 static void
6977 lang_place_orphans (void)
6978 {
6979 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (file)
6980 {
6981 asection *s;
6982
6983 for (s = file->the_bfd->sections; s != NULL; s = s->next)
6984 {
6985 if (s->output_section == NULL)
6986 {
6987 /* This section of the file is not attached, root
6988 around for a sensible place for it to go. */
6989
6990 if (file->flags.just_syms)
6991 bfd_link_just_syms (file->the_bfd, s, &link_info);
6992 else if (lang_discard_section_p (s))
6993 s->output_section = bfd_abs_section_ptr;
6994 else if (strcmp (s->name, "COMMON") == 0)
6995 {
6996 /* This is a lonely common section which must have
6997 come from an archive. We attach to the section
6998 with the wildcard. */
6999 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info)
7000 || command_line.force_common_definition)
7001 {
7002 if (default_common_section == NULL)
7003 default_common_section
7004 = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (".bss", 0,
7005 TRUE);
7006 lang_add_section (&default_common_section->children, s,
7007 NULL, default_common_section);
7008 }
7009 }
7010 else
7011 ldlang_place_orphan (s);
7012 }
7013 }
7014 }
7015 }
7016
7017 void
7018 lang_set_flags (lang_memory_region_type *ptr, const char *flags, int invert)
7019 {
7020 flagword *ptr_flags;
7021
7022 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7023
7024 while (*flags)
7025 {
7026 switch (*flags)
7027 {
7028 /* PR 17900: An exclamation mark in the attributes reverses
7029 the sense of any of the attributes that follow. */
7030 case '!':
7031 invert = !invert;
7032 ptr_flags = invert ? &ptr->not_flags : &ptr->flags;
7033 break;
7034
7035 case 'A': case 'a':
7036 *ptr_flags |= SEC_ALLOC;
7037 break;
7038
7039 case 'R': case 'r':
7040 *ptr_flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7041 break;
7042
7043 case 'W': case 'w':
7044 *ptr_flags |= SEC_DATA;
7045 break;
7046
7047 case 'X': case 'x':
7048 *ptr_flags |= SEC_CODE;
7049 break;
7050
7051 case 'L': case 'l':
7052 case 'I': case 'i':
7053 *ptr_flags |= SEC_LOAD;
7054 break;
7055
7056 default:
7057 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid character %c (%d) in flags\n"),
7058 *flags, *flags);
7059 break;
7060 }
7061 flags++;
7062 }
7063 }
7064
7065 /* Call a function on each real input file. This function will be
7066 called on an archive, but not on the elements. */
7067
7068 void
7069 lang_for_each_input_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7070 {
7071 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7072
7073 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7074 f != NULL;
7075 f = f->next_real_file)
7076 if (f->flags.real)
7077 func (f);
7078 }
7079
7080 /* Call a function on each real file. The function will be called on
7081 all the elements of an archive which are included in the link, but
7082 will not be called on the archive file itself. */
7083
7084 void
7085 lang_for_each_file (void (*func) (lang_input_statement_type *))
7086 {
7087 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7088 {
7089 if (f->flags.real)
7090 func (f);
7091 }
7092 }
7093
7094 void
7095 ldlang_add_file (lang_input_statement_type *entry)
7096 {
7097 lang_statement_append (&file_chain, entry, &entry->next);
7098
7099 /* The BFD linker needs to have a list of all input BFDs involved in
7100 a link. */
7101 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd->link.next == NULL);
7102 ASSERT (entry->the_bfd != link_info.output_bfd);
7103
7104 *link_info.input_bfds_tail = entry->the_bfd;
7105 link_info.input_bfds_tail = &entry->the_bfd->link.next;
7106 bfd_set_usrdata (entry->the_bfd, entry);
7107 bfd_set_gp_size (entry->the_bfd, g_switch_value);
7108
7109 /* Look through the sections and check for any which should not be
7110 included in the link. We need to do this now, so that we can
7111 notice when the backend linker tries to report multiple
7112 definition errors for symbols which are in sections we aren't
7113 going to link. FIXME: It might be better to entirely ignore
7114 symbols which are defined in sections which are going to be
7115 discarded. This would require modifying the backend linker for
7116 each backend which might set the SEC_LINK_ONCE flag. If we do
7117 this, we should probably handle SEC_EXCLUDE in the same way. */
7118
7119 bfd_map_over_sections (entry->the_bfd, section_already_linked, entry);
7120 }
7121
7122 void
7123 lang_add_output (const char *name, int from_script)
7124 {
7125 /* Make -o on command line override OUTPUT in script. */
7126 if (!had_output_filename || !from_script)
7127 {
7128 output_filename = name;
7129 had_output_filename = TRUE;
7130 }
7131 }
7132
7133 lang_output_section_statement_type *
7134 lang_enter_output_section_statement (const char *output_section_statement_name,
7135 etree_type *address_exp,
7136 enum section_type sectype,
7137 etree_type *align,
7138 etree_type *subalign,
7139 etree_type *ebase,
7140 int constraint,
7141 int align_with_input)
7142 {
7143 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7144
7145 os = lang_output_section_statement_lookup (output_section_statement_name,
7146 constraint, TRUE);
7147 current_section = os;
7148
7149 if (os->addr_tree == NULL)
7150 {
7151 os->addr_tree = address_exp;
7152 }
7153 os->sectype = sectype;
7154 if (sectype != noload_section)
7155 os->flags = SEC_NO_FLAGS;
7156 else
7157 os->flags = SEC_NEVER_LOAD;
7158 os->block_value = 1;
7159
7160 /* Make next things chain into subchain of this. */
7161 push_stat_ptr (&os->children);
7162
7163 os->align_lma_with_input = align_with_input == ALIGN_WITH_INPUT;
7164 if (os->align_lma_with_input && align != NULL)
7165 einfo (_("%F%P:%pS: error: align with input and explicit align specified\n"),
7166 NULL);
7167
7168 os->subsection_alignment = subalign;
7169 os->section_alignment = align;
7170
7171 os->load_base = ebase;
7172 return os;
7173 }
7174
7175 void
7176 lang_final (void)
7177 {
7178 lang_output_statement_type *new_stmt;
7179
7180 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_output_statement, stat_ptr);
7181 new_stmt->name = output_filename;
7182 }
7183
7184 /* Reset the current counters in the regions. */
7185
7186 void
7187 lang_reset_memory_regions (void)
7188 {
7189 lang_memory_region_type *p = lang_memory_region_list;
7190 asection *o;
7191 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7192
7193 for (p = lang_memory_region_list; p != NULL; p = p->next)
7194 {
7195 p->current = p->origin;
7196 p->last_os = NULL;
7197 }
7198
7199 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7200 os != NULL;
7201 os = os->next)
7202 {
7203 os->processed_vma = FALSE;
7204 os->processed_lma = FALSE;
7205 }
7206
7207 for (o = link_info.output_bfd->sections; o != NULL; o = o->next)
7208 {
7209 /* Save the last size for possible use by bfd_relax_section. */
7210 o->rawsize = o->size;
7211 if (!(o->flags & SEC_FIXED_SIZE))
7212 o->size = 0;
7213 }
7214 }
7215
7216 /* Worker for lang_gc_sections_1. */
7217
7218 static void
7219 gc_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr,
7220 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7221 asection *section,
7222 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7223 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7224 void *data ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED)
7225 {
7226 /* If the wild pattern was marked KEEP, the member sections
7227 should be as well. */
7228 if (ptr->keep_sections)
7229 section->flags |= SEC_KEEP;
7230 }
7231
7232 /* Iterate over sections marking them against GC. */
7233
7234 static void
7235 lang_gc_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s)
7236 {
7237 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7238 {
7239 switch (s->header.type)
7240 {
7241 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7242 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement, gc_section_callback, NULL);
7243 break;
7244 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7245 lang_gc_sections_1 (constructor_list.head);
7246 break;
7247 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7248 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head);
7249 break;
7250 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7251 lang_gc_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head);
7252 break;
7253 default:
7254 break;
7255 }
7256 }
7257 }
7258
7259 static void
7260 lang_gc_sections (void)
7261 {
7262 /* Keep all sections so marked in the link script. */
7263 lang_gc_sections_1 (statement_list.head);
7264
7265 /* SEC_EXCLUDE is ignored when doing a relocatable link, except in
7266 the special case of debug info. (See bfd/stabs.c)
7267 Twiddle the flag here, to simplify later linker code. */
7268 if (bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7269 {
7270 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (f)
7271 {
7272 asection *sec;
7273 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7274 if (f->flags.claimed)
7275 continue;
7276 #endif
7277 for (sec = f->the_bfd->sections; sec != NULL; sec = sec->next)
7278 if ((sec->flags & SEC_DEBUGGING) == 0)
7279 sec->flags &= ~SEC_EXCLUDE;
7280 }
7281 }
7282
7283 if (link_info.gc_sections)
7284 bfd_gc_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7285 }
7286
7287 /* Worker for lang_find_relro_sections_1. */
7288
7289 static void
7290 find_relro_section_callback (lang_wild_statement_type *ptr ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7291 struct wildcard_list *sec ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7292 asection *section,
7293 struct flag_info *sflag_info ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7294 lang_input_statement_type *file ATTRIBUTE_UNUSED,
7295 void *data)
7296 {
7297 /* Discarded, excluded and ignored sections effectively have zero
7298 size. */
7299 if (section->output_section != NULL
7300 && section->output_section->owner == link_info.output_bfd
7301 && (section->output_section->flags & SEC_EXCLUDE) == 0
7302 && !IGNORE_SECTION (section)
7303 && section->size != 0)
7304 {
7305 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section = (bfd_boolean *) data;
7306 *has_relro_section = TRUE;
7307 }
7308 }
7309
7310 /* Iterate over sections for relro sections. */
7311
7312 static void
7313 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (lang_statement_union_type *s,
7314 seg_align_type *seg,
7315 bfd_boolean *has_relro_section)
7316 {
7317 if (*has_relro_section)
7318 return;
7319
7320 for (; s != NULL; s = s->header.next)
7321 {
7322 if (s == seg->relro_end_stat)
7323 break;
7324
7325 switch (s->header.type)
7326 {
7327 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7328 walk_wild (&s->wild_statement,
7329 find_relro_section_callback,
7330 has_relro_section);
7331 break;
7332 case lang_constructors_statement_enum:
7333 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (constructor_list.head,
7334 seg, has_relro_section);
7335 break;
7336 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7337 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->output_section_statement.children.head,
7338 seg, has_relro_section);
7339 break;
7340 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7341 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (s->group_statement.children.head,
7342 seg, has_relro_section);
7343 break;
7344 default:
7345 break;
7346 }
7347 }
7348 }
7349
7350 static void
7351 lang_find_relro_sections (void)
7352 {
7353 bfd_boolean has_relro_section = FALSE;
7354
7355 /* Check all sections in the link script. */
7356
7357 lang_find_relro_sections_1 (expld.dataseg.relro_start_stat,
7358 &expld.dataseg, &has_relro_section);
7359
7360 if (!has_relro_section)
7361 link_info.relro = FALSE;
7362 }
7363
7364 /* Relax all sections until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7365
7366 void
7367 lang_relax_sections (bfd_boolean need_layout)
7368 {
7369 if (RELAXATION_ENABLED)
7370 {
7371 /* We may need more than one relaxation pass. */
7372 int i = link_info.relax_pass;
7373
7374 /* The backend can use it to determine the current pass. */
7375 link_info.relax_pass = 0;
7376
7377 while (i--)
7378 {
7379 /* Keep relaxing until bfd_relax_section gives up. */
7380 bfd_boolean relax_again;
7381
7382 link_info.relax_trip = -1;
7383 do
7384 {
7385 link_info.relax_trip++;
7386
7387 /* Note: pe-dll.c does something like this also. If you find
7388 you need to change this code, you probably need to change
7389 pe-dll.c also. DJ */
7390
7391 /* Do all the assignments with our current guesses as to
7392 section sizes. */
7393 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7394
7395 /* We must do this after lang_do_assignments, because it uses
7396 size. */
7397 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7398
7399 /* Perform another relax pass - this time we know where the
7400 globals are, so can make a better guess. */
7401 relax_again = FALSE;
7402 lang_size_sections (&relax_again, FALSE);
7403 }
7404 while (relax_again);
7405
7406 link_info.relax_pass++;
7407 }
7408 need_layout = TRUE;
7409 }
7410
7411 if (need_layout)
7412 {
7413 /* Final extra sizing to report errors. */
7414 lang_do_assignments (lang_assigning_phase_enum);
7415 lang_reset_memory_regions ();
7416 lang_size_sections (NULL, TRUE);
7417 }
7418 }
7419
7420 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7421 /* Find the insert point for the plugin's replacement files. We
7422 place them after the first claimed real object file, or if the
7423 first claimed object is an archive member, after the last real
7424 object file immediately preceding the archive. In the event
7425 no objects have been claimed at all, we return the first dummy
7426 object file on the list as the insert point; that works, but
7427 the callee must be careful when relinking the file_chain as it
7428 is not actually on that chain, only the statement_list and the
7429 input_file list; in that case, the replacement files must be
7430 inserted at the head of the file_chain. */
7431
7432 static lang_input_statement_type *
7433 find_replacements_insert_point (bfd_boolean *before)
7434 {
7435 lang_input_statement_type *claim1, *lastobject;
7436 lastobject = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7437 for (claim1 = (void *) file_chain.head;
7438 claim1 != NULL;
7439 claim1 = claim1->next)
7440 {
7441 if (claim1->flags.claimed)
7442 {
7443 *before = claim1->flags.claim_archive;
7444 return claim1->flags.claim_archive ? lastobject : claim1;
7445 }
7446 /* Update lastobject if this is a real object file. */
7447 if (claim1->the_bfd != NULL && claim1->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7448 lastobject = claim1;
7449 }
7450 /* No files were claimed by the plugin. Choose the last object
7451 file found on the list (maybe the first, dummy entry) as the
7452 insert point. */
7453 *before = FALSE;
7454 return lastobject;
7455 }
7456
7457 /* Find where to insert ADD, an archive element or shared library
7458 added during a rescan. */
7459
7460 static lang_input_statement_type **
7461 find_rescan_insertion (lang_input_statement_type *add)
7462 {
7463 bfd *add_bfd = add->the_bfd;
7464 lang_input_statement_type *f;
7465 lang_input_statement_type *last_loaded = NULL;
7466 lang_input_statement_type *before = NULL;
7467 lang_input_statement_type **iter = NULL;
7468
7469 if (add_bfd->my_archive != NULL)
7470 add_bfd = add_bfd->my_archive;
7471
7472 /* First look through the input file chain, to find an object file
7473 before the one we've rescanned. Normal object files always
7474 appear on both the input file chain and the file chain, so this
7475 lets us get quickly to somewhere near the correct place on the
7476 file chain if it is full of archive elements. Archives don't
7477 appear on the file chain, but if an element has been extracted
7478 then their input_statement->next points at it. */
7479 for (f = (void *) input_file_chain.head;
7480 f != NULL;
7481 f = f->next_real_file)
7482 {
7483 if (f->the_bfd == add_bfd)
7484 {
7485 before = last_loaded;
7486 if (f->next != NULL)
7487 return &f->next->next;
7488 }
7489 if (f->the_bfd != NULL && f->next != NULL)
7490 last_loaded = f;
7491 }
7492
7493 for (iter = before ? &before->next : &file_chain.head->input_statement.next;
7494 *iter != NULL;
7495 iter = &(*iter)->next)
7496 if (!(*iter)->flags.claim_archive
7497 && (*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive == NULL)
7498 break;
7499
7500 return iter;
7501 }
7502
7503 /* Insert SRCLIST into DESTLIST after given element by chaining
7504 on FIELD as the next-pointer. (Counterintuitively does not need
7505 a pointer to the actual after-node itself, just its chain field.) */
7506
7507 static void
7508 lang_list_insert_after (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7509 lang_statement_list_type *srclist,
7510 lang_statement_union_type **field)
7511 {
7512 *(srclist->tail) = *field;
7513 *field = srclist->head;
7514 if (destlist->tail == field)
7515 destlist->tail = srclist->tail;
7516 }
7517
7518 /* Detach new nodes added to DESTLIST since the time ORIGLIST
7519 was taken as a copy of it and leave them in ORIGLIST. */
7520
7521 static void
7522 lang_list_remove_tail (lang_statement_list_type *destlist,
7523 lang_statement_list_type *origlist)
7524 {
7525 union lang_statement_union **savetail;
7526 /* Check that ORIGLIST really is an earlier state of DESTLIST. */
7527 ASSERT (origlist->head == destlist->head);
7528 savetail = origlist->tail;
7529 origlist->head = *(savetail);
7530 origlist->tail = destlist->tail;
7531 destlist->tail = savetail;
7532 *savetail = NULL;
7533 }
7534
7535 static lang_statement_union_type **
7536 find_next_input_statement (lang_statement_union_type **s)
7537 {
7538 for ( ; *s; s = &(*s)->header.next)
7539 {
7540 lang_statement_union_type **t;
7541 switch ((*s)->header.type)
7542 {
7543 case lang_input_statement_enum:
7544 return s;
7545 case lang_wild_statement_enum:
7546 t = &(*s)->wild_statement.children.head;
7547 break;
7548 case lang_group_statement_enum:
7549 t = &(*s)->group_statement.children.head;
7550 break;
7551 case lang_output_section_statement_enum:
7552 t = &(*s)->output_section_statement.children.head;
7553 break;
7554 default:
7555 continue;
7556 }
7557 t = find_next_input_statement (t);
7558 if (*t)
7559 return t;
7560 }
7561 return s;
7562 }
7563 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7564
7565 /* Add NAME to the list of garbage collection entry points. */
7566
7567 void
7568 lang_add_gc_name (const char *name)
7569 {
7570 struct bfd_sym_chain *sym;
7571
7572 if (name == NULL)
7573 return;
7574
7575 sym = stat_alloc (sizeof (*sym));
7576
7577 sym->next = link_info.gc_sym_list;
7578 sym->name = name;
7579 link_info.gc_sym_list = sym;
7580 }
7581
7582 /* Check relocations. */
7583
7584 static void
7585 lang_check_relocs (void)
7586 {
7587 if (link_info.check_relocs_after_open_input)
7588 {
7589 bfd *abfd;
7590
7591 for (abfd = link_info.input_bfds;
7592 abfd != (bfd *) NULL; abfd = abfd->link.next)
7593 if (!bfd_link_check_relocs (abfd, &link_info))
7594 {
7595 /* No object output, fail return. */
7596 config.make_executable = FALSE;
7597 /* Note: we do not abort the loop, but rather
7598 continue the scan in case there are other
7599 bad relocations to report. */
7600 }
7601 }
7602 }
7603
7604 /* Look through all output sections looking for places where we can
7605 propagate forward the lma region. */
7606
7607 static void
7608 lang_propagate_lma_regions (void)
7609 {
7610 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
7611
7612 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
7613 os != NULL;
7614 os = os->next)
7615 {
7616 if (os->prev != NULL
7617 && os->lma_region == NULL
7618 && os->load_base == NULL
7619 && os->addr_tree == NULL
7620 && os->region == os->prev->region)
7621 os->lma_region = os->prev->lma_region;
7622 }
7623 }
7624
7625 void
7626 lang_process (void)
7627 {
7628 /* Finalize dynamic list. */
7629 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
7630 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&link_info.dynamic_list->head);
7631
7632 current_target = default_target;
7633
7634 /* Open the output file. */
7635 lang_for_each_statement (ldlang_open_output);
7636 init_opb (NULL);
7637
7638 ldemul_create_output_section_statements ();
7639
7640 /* Add to the hash table all undefineds on the command line. */
7641 lang_place_undefineds ();
7642
7643 if (!bfd_section_already_linked_table_init ())
7644 einfo (_("%F%P: can not create hash table: %E\n"));
7645
7646 /* Create a bfd for each input file. */
7647 current_target = default_target;
7648 lang_statement_iteration++;
7649 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7650 /* open_input_bfds also handles assignments, so we can give values
7651 to symbolic origin/length now. */
7652 lang_do_memory_regions ();
7653
7654 #ifdef ENABLE_PLUGINS
7655 if (link_info.lto_plugin_active)
7656 {
7657 lang_statement_list_type added;
7658 lang_statement_list_type files, inputfiles;
7659
7660 /* Now all files are read, let the plugin(s) decide if there
7661 are any more to be added to the link before we call the
7662 emulation's after_open hook. We create a private list of
7663 input statements for this purpose, which we will eventually
7664 insert into the global statement list after the first claimed
7665 file. */
7666 added = *stat_ptr;
7667 /* We need to manipulate all three chains in synchrony. */
7668 files = file_chain;
7669 inputfiles = input_file_chain;
7670 if (plugin_call_all_symbols_read ())
7671 einfo (_("%F%P: %s: plugin reported error after all symbols read\n"),
7672 plugin_error_plugin ());
7673 /* Open any newly added files, updating the file chains. */
7674 plugin_undefs = link_info.hash->undefs_tail;
7675 open_input_bfds (*added.tail, OPEN_BFD_NORMAL);
7676 if (plugin_undefs == link_info.hash->undefs_tail)
7677 plugin_undefs = NULL;
7678 /* Restore the global list pointer now they have all been added. */
7679 lang_list_remove_tail (stat_ptr, &added);
7680 /* And detach the fresh ends of the file lists. */
7681 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7682 lang_list_remove_tail (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles);
7683 /* Were any new files added? */
7684 if (added.head != NULL)
7685 {
7686 /* If so, we will insert them into the statement list immediately
7687 after the first input file that was claimed by the plugin,
7688 unless that file was an archive in which case it is inserted
7689 immediately before. */
7690 bfd_boolean before;
7691 lang_statement_union_type **prev;
7692 plugin_insert = find_replacements_insert_point (&before);
7693 /* If a plugin adds input files without having claimed any, we
7694 don't really have a good idea where to place them. Just putting
7695 them at the start or end of the list is liable to leave them
7696 outside the crtbegin...crtend range. */
7697 ASSERT (plugin_insert != NULL);
7698 /* Splice the new statement list into the old one. */
7699 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7700 if (before)
7701 {
7702 prev = find_next_input_statement (prev);
7703 if (*prev != (void *) plugin_insert->next_real_file)
7704 {
7705 /* We didn't find the expected input statement.
7706 Fall back to adding after plugin_insert. */
7707 prev = &plugin_insert->header.next;
7708 }
7709 }
7710 lang_list_insert_after (stat_ptr, &added, prev);
7711 /* Likewise for the file chains. */
7712 lang_list_insert_after (&input_file_chain, &inputfiles,
7713 (void *) &plugin_insert->next_real_file);
7714 /* We must be careful when relinking file_chain; we may need to
7715 insert the new files at the head of the list if the insert
7716 point chosen is the dummy first input file. */
7717 if (plugin_insert->filename)
7718 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files,
7719 (void *) &plugin_insert->next);
7720 else
7721 lang_list_insert_after (&file_chain, &files, &file_chain.head);
7722
7723 /* Rescan archives in case new undefined symbols have appeared. */
7724 files = file_chain;
7725 lang_statement_iteration++;
7726 open_input_bfds (statement_list.head, OPEN_BFD_RESCAN);
7727 lang_list_remove_tail (&file_chain, &files);
7728 while (files.head != NULL)
7729 {
7730 lang_input_statement_type **insert;
7731 lang_input_statement_type **iter, *temp;
7732 bfd *my_arch;
7733
7734 insert = find_rescan_insertion (&files.head->input_statement);
7735 /* All elements from an archive can be added at once. */
7736 iter = &files.head->input_statement.next;
7737 my_arch = files.head->input_statement.the_bfd->my_archive;
7738 if (my_arch != NULL)
7739 for (; *iter != NULL; iter = &(*iter)->next)
7740 if ((*iter)->the_bfd->my_archive != my_arch)
7741 break;
7742 temp = *insert;
7743 *insert = &files.head->input_statement;
7744 files.head = (lang_statement_union_type *) *iter;
7745 *iter = temp;
7746 if (my_arch != NULL)
7747 {
7748 lang_input_statement_type *parent = bfd_usrdata (my_arch);
7749 if (parent != NULL)
7750 parent->next = (lang_input_statement_type *)
7751 ((char *) iter
7752 - offsetof (lang_input_statement_type, next));
7753 }
7754 }
7755 }
7756 }
7757 #endif /* ENABLE_PLUGINS */
7758
7759 /* Make sure that nobody has tried to add a symbol to this list
7760 before now. */
7761 ASSERT (link_info.gc_sym_list == NULL);
7762
7763 link_info.gc_sym_list = &entry_symbol;
7764
7765 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL)
7766 {
7767 link_info.gc_sym_list = ldlang_undef_chain_list_head;
7768
7769 /* entry_symbol is normally initialied by a ENTRY definition in the
7770 linker script or the -e command line option. But if neither of
7771 these have been used, the target specific backend may still have
7772 provided an entry symbol via a call to lang_default_entry().
7773 Unfortunately this value will not be processed until lang_end()
7774 is called, long after this function has finished. So detect this
7775 case here and add the target's entry symbol to the list of starting
7776 points for garbage collection resolution. */
7777 lang_add_gc_name (entry_symbol_default);
7778 }
7779
7780 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.init_function);
7781 lang_add_gc_name (link_info.fini_function);
7782
7783 ldemul_after_open ();
7784 if (config.map_file != NULL)
7785 lang_print_asneeded ();
7786
7787 ldlang_open_ctf ();
7788
7789 bfd_section_already_linked_table_free ();
7790
7791 /* Make sure that we're not mixing architectures. We call this
7792 after all the input files have been opened, but before we do any
7793 other processing, so that any operations merge_private_bfd_data
7794 does on the output file will be known during the rest of the
7795 link. */
7796 lang_check ();
7797
7798 /* Handle .exports instead of a version script if we're told to do so. */
7799 if (command_line.version_exports_section)
7800 lang_do_version_exports_section ();
7801
7802 /* Build all sets based on the information gathered from the input
7803 files. */
7804 ldctor_build_sets ();
7805
7806 /* Give initial values for __start and __stop symbols, so that ELF
7807 gc_sections will keep sections referenced by these symbols. Must
7808 be done before lang_do_assignments below. */
7809 if (config.build_constructors)
7810 lang_init_start_stop ();
7811
7812 /* PR 13683: We must rerun the assignments prior to running garbage
7813 collection in order to make sure that all symbol aliases are resolved. */
7814 lang_do_assignments (lang_mark_phase_enum);
7815 expld.phase = lang_first_phase_enum;
7816
7817 /* Size up the common data. */
7818 lang_common ();
7819
7820 /* Remove unreferenced sections if asked to. */
7821 lang_gc_sections ();
7822
7823 /* Check relocations. */
7824 lang_check_relocs ();
7825
7826 ldemul_after_check_relocs ();
7827
7828 /* Update wild statements. */
7829 update_wild_statements (statement_list.head);
7830
7831 /* Run through the contours of the script and attach input sections
7832 to the correct output sections. */
7833 lang_statement_iteration++;
7834 map_input_to_output_sections (statement_list.head, NULL, NULL);
7835
7836 /* Start at the statement immediately after the special abs_section
7837 output statement, so that it isn't reordered. */
7838 process_insert_statements (&lang_os_list.head->header.next);
7839
7840 /* Find any sections not attached explicitly and handle them. */
7841 lang_place_orphans ();
7842
7843 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7844 {
7845 asection *found;
7846
7847 /* Merge SEC_MERGE sections. This has to be done after GC of
7848 sections, so that GCed sections are not merged, but before
7849 assigning dynamic symbols, since removing whole input sections
7850 is hard then. */
7851 bfd_merge_sections (link_info.output_bfd, &link_info);
7852
7853 /* Look for a text section and set the readonly attribute in it. */
7854 found = bfd_get_section_by_name (link_info.output_bfd, ".text");
7855
7856 if (found != NULL)
7857 {
7858 if (config.text_read_only)
7859 found->flags |= SEC_READONLY;
7860 else
7861 found->flags &= ~SEC_READONLY;
7862 }
7863 }
7864
7865 /* Merge together CTF sections. After this, only the symtab-dependent
7866 function and data object sections need adjustment. */
7867 lang_merge_ctf ();
7868
7869 /* Emit the CTF, iff the emulation doesn't need to do late emission after
7870 examining things laid out late, like the strtab. */
7871 lang_write_ctf (0);
7872
7873 /* Copy forward lma regions for output sections in same lma region. */
7874 lang_propagate_lma_regions ();
7875
7876 /* Defining __start/__stop symbols early for --gc-sections to work
7877 around a glibc build problem can result in these symbols being
7878 defined when they should not be. Fix them now. */
7879 if (config.build_constructors)
7880 lang_undef_start_stop ();
7881
7882 /* Define .startof./.sizeof. symbols with preliminary values before
7883 dynamic symbols are created. */
7884 if (!bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7885 lang_init_startof_sizeof ();
7886
7887 /* Do anything special before sizing sections. This is where ELF
7888 and other back-ends size dynamic sections. */
7889 ldemul_before_allocation ();
7890
7891 /* We must record the program headers before we try to fix the
7892 section positions, since they will affect SIZEOF_HEADERS. */
7893 lang_record_phdrs ();
7894
7895 /* Check relro sections. */
7896 if (link_info.relro && !bfd_link_relocatable (&link_info))
7897 lang_find_relro_sections ();
7898
7899 /* Size up the sections. */
7900 lang_size_sections (NULL, !RELAXATION_ENABLED);
7901
7902 /* See if anything special should be done now we know how big
7903 everything is. This is where relaxation is done. */
7904 ldemul_after_allocation ();
7905
7906 /* Fix any __start, __stop, .startof. or .sizeof. symbols. */
7907 lang_finalize_start_stop ();
7908
7909 /* Do all the assignments again, to report errors. Assignment
7910 statements are processed multiple times, updating symbols; In
7911 open_input_bfds, lang_do_assignments, and lang_size_sections.
7912 Since lang_relax_sections calls lang_do_assignments, symbols are
7913 also updated in ldemul_after_allocation. */
7914 lang_do_assignments (lang_final_phase_enum);
7915
7916 ldemul_finish ();
7917
7918 /* Convert absolute symbols to section relative. */
7919 ldexp_finalize_syms ();
7920
7921 /* Make sure that the section addresses make sense. */
7922 if (command_line.check_section_addresses)
7923 lang_check_section_addresses ();
7924
7925 /* Check any required symbols are known. */
7926 ldlang_check_require_defined_symbols ();
7927
7928 lang_end ();
7929 }
7930
7931 /* EXPORTED TO YACC */
7932
7933 void
7934 lang_add_wild (struct wildcard_spec *filespec,
7935 struct wildcard_list *section_list,
7936 bfd_boolean keep_sections)
7937 {
7938 struct wildcard_list *curr, *next;
7939 lang_wild_statement_type *new_stmt;
7940
7941 /* Reverse the list as the parser puts it back to front. */
7942 for (curr = section_list, section_list = NULL;
7943 curr != NULL;
7944 section_list = curr, curr = next)
7945 {
7946 next = curr->next;
7947 curr->next = section_list;
7948 }
7949
7950 if (filespec != NULL && filespec->name != NULL)
7951 {
7952 if (strcmp (filespec->name, "*") == 0)
7953 filespec->name = NULL;
7954 else if (!wildcardp (filespec->name))
7955 lang_has_input_file = TRUE;
7956 }
7957
7958 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_wild_statement, stat_ptr);
7959 new_stmt->filename = NULL;
7960 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = FALSE;
7961 new_stmt->section_flag_list = NULL;
7962 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = NULL;
7963 if (filespec != NULL)
7964 {
7965 new_stmt->filename = filespec->name;
7966 new_stmt->filenames_sorted = filespec->sorted == by_name;
7967 new_stmt->section_flag_list = filespec->section_flag_list;
7968 new_stmt->exclude_name_list = filespec->exclude_name_list;
7969 }
7970 new_stmt->section_list = section_list;
7971 new_stmt->keep_sections = keep_sections;
7972 lang_list_init (&new_stmt->children);
7973 analyze_walk_wild_section_handler (new_stmt);
7974 }
7975
7976 void
7977 lang_section_start (const char *name, etree_type *address,
7978 const segment_type *segment)
7979 {
7980 lang_address_statement_type *ad;
7981
7982 ad = new_stat (lang_address_statement, stat_ptr);
7983 ad->section_name = name;
7984 ad->address = address;
7985 ad->segment = segment;
7986 }
7987
7988 /* Set the start symbol to NAME. CMDLINE is nonzero if this is called
7989 because of a -e argument on the command line, or zero if this is
7990 called by ENTRY in a linker script. Command line arguments take
7991 precedence. */
7992
7993 void
7994 lang_add_entry (const char *name, bfd_boolean cmdline)
7995 {
7996 if (entry_symbol.name == NULL
7997 || cmdline
7998 || !entry_from_cmdline)
7999 {
8000 entry_symbol.name = name;
8001 entry_from_cmdline = cmdline;
8002 }
8003 }
8004
8005 /* Set the default start symbol to NAME. .em files should use this,
8006 not lang_add_entry, to override the use of "start" if neither the
8007 linker script nor the command line specifies an entry point. NAME
8008 must be permanently allocated. */
8009 void
8010 lang_default_entry (const char *name)
8011 {
8012 entry_symbol_default = name;
8013 }
8014
8015 void
8016 lang_add_target (const char *name)
8017 {
8018 lang_target_statement_type *new_stmt;
8019
8020 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_target_statement, stat_ptr);
8021 new_stmt->target = name;
8022 }
8023
8024 void
8025 lang_add_map (const char *name)
8026 {
8027 while (*name)
8028 {
8029 switch (*name)
8030 {
8031 case 'F':
8032 map_option_f = TRUE;
8033 break;
8034 }
8035 name++;
8036 }
8037 }
8038
8039 void
8040 lang_add_fill (fill_type *fill)
8041 {
8042 lang_fill_statement_type *new_stmt;
8043
8044 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_fill_statement, stat_ptr);
8045 new_stmt->fill = fill;
8046 }
8047
8048 void
8049 lang_add_data (int type, union etree_union *exp)
8050 {
8051 lang_data_statement_type *new_stmt;
8052
8053 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_data_statement, stat_ptr);
8054 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8055 new_stmt->type = type;
8056 }
8057
8058 /* Create a new reloc statement. RELOC is the BFD relocation type to
8059 generate. HOWTO is the corresponding howto structure (we could
8060 look this up, but the caller has already done so). SECTION is the
8061 section to generate a reloc against, or NAME is the name of the
8062 symbol to generate a reloc against. Exactly one of SECTION and
8063 NAME must be NULL. ADDEND is an expression for the addend. */
8064
8065 void
8066 lang_add_reloc (bfd_reloc_code_real_type reloc,
8067 reloc_howto_type *howto,
8068 asection *section,
8069 const char *name,
8070 union etree_union *addend)
8071 {
8072 lang_reloc_statement_type *p = new_stat (lang_reloc_statement, stat_ptr);
8073
8074 p->reloc = reloc;
8075 p->howto = howto;
8076 p->section = section;
8077 p->name = name;
8078 p->addend_exp = addend;
8079
8080 p->addend_value = 0;
8081 p->output_section = NULL;
8082 p->output_offset = 0;
8083 }
8084
8085 lang_assignment_statement_type *
8086 lang_add_assignment (etree_type *exp)
8087 {
8088 lang_assignment_statement_type *new_stmt;
8089
8090 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_assignment_statement, stat_ptr);
8091 new_stmt->exp = exp;
8092 return new_stmt;
8093 }
8094
8095 void
8096 lang_add_attribute (enum statement_enum attribute)
8097 {
8098 new_statement (attribute, sizeof (lang_statement_header_type), stat_ptr);
8099 }
8100
8101 void
8102 lang_startup (const char *name)
8103 {
8104 if (first_file->filename != NULL)
8105 {
8106 einfo (_("%F%P: multiple STARTUP files\n"));
8107 }
8108 first_file->filename = name;
8109 first_file->local_sym_name = name;
8110 first_file->flags.real = TRUE;
8111 }
8112
8113 void
8114 lang_float (bfd_boolean maybe)
8115 {
8116 lang_float_flag = maybe;
8117 }
8118
8119
8120 /* Work out the load- and run-time regions from a script statement, and
8121 store them in *LMA_REGION and *REGION respectively.
8122
8123 MEMSPEC is the name of the run-time region, or the value of
8124 DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION if the statement didn't specify one.
8125 LMA_MEMSPEC is the name of the load-time region, or null if the
8126 statement didn't specify one.HAVE_LMA_P is TRUE if the statement
8127 had an explicit load address.
8128
8129 It is an error to specify both a load region and a load address. */
8130
8131 static void
8132 lang_get_regions (lang_memory_region_type **region,
8133 lang_memory_region_type **lma_region,
8134 const char *memspec,
8135 const char *lma_memspec,
8136 bfd_boolean have_lma,
8137 bfd_boolean have_vma)
8138 {
8139 *lma_region = lang_memory_region_lookup (lma_memspec, FALSE);
8140
8141 /* If no runtime region or VMA has been specified, but the load region
8142 has been specified, then use the load region for the runtime region
8143 as well. */
8144 if (lma_memspec != NULL
8145 && !have_vma
8146 && strcmp (memspec, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION) == 0)
8147 *region = *lma_region;
8148 else
8149 *region = lang_memory_region_lookup (memspec, FALSE);
8150
8151 if (have_lma && lma_memspec != 0)
8152 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: section has both a load address and a load region\n"),
8153 NULL);
8154 }
8155
8156 void
8157 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill_type *fill, const char *memspec,
8158 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8159 const char *lma_memspec)
8160 {
8161 lang_get_regions (&current_section->region,
8162 &current_section->lma_region,
8163 memspec, lma_memspec,
8164 current_section->load_base != NULL,
8165 current_section->addr_tree != NULL);
8166
8167 current_section->fill = fill;
8168 current_section->phdrs = phdrs;
8169 pop_stat_ptr ();
8170 }
8171
8172 /* Set the output format type. -oformat overrides scripts. */
8173
8174 void
8175 lang_add_output_format (const char *format,
8176 const char *big,
8177 const char *little,
8178 int from_script)
8179 {
8180 if (output_target == NULL || !from_script)
8181 {
8182 if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_BIG
8183 && big != NULL)
8184 format = big;
8185 else if (command_line.endian == ENDIAN_LITTLE
8186 && little != NULL)
8187 format = little;
8188
8189 output_target = format;
8190 }
8191 }
8192
8193 void
8194 lang_add_insert (const char *where, int is_before)
8195 {
8196 lang_insert_statement_type *new_stmt;
8197
8198 new_stmt = new_stat (lang_insert_statement, stat_ptr);
8199 new_stmt->where = where;
8200 new_stmt->is_before = is_before;
8201 saved_script_handle = previous_script_handle;
8202 }
8203
8204 /* Enter a group. This creates a new lang_group_statement, and sets
8205 stat_ptr to build new statements within the group. */
8206
8207 void
8208 lang_enter_group (void)
8209 {
8210 lang_group_statement_type *g;
8211
8212 g = new_stat (lang_group_statement, stat_ptr);
8213 lang_list_init (&g->children);
8214 push_stat_ptr (&g->children);
8215 }
8216
8217 /* Leave a group. This just resets stat_ptr to start writing to the
8218 regular list of statements again. Note that this will not work if
8219 groups can occur inside anything else which can adjust stat_ptr,
8220 but currently they can't. */
8221
8222 void
8223 lang_leave_group (void)
8224 {
8225 pop_stat_ptr ();
8226 }
8227
8228 /* Add a new program header. This is called for each entry in a PHDRS
8229 command in a linker script. */
8230
8231 void
8232 lang_new_phdr (const char *name,
8233 etree_type *type,
8234 bfd_boolean filehdr,
8235 bfd_boolean phdrs,
8236 etree_type *at,
8237 etree_type *flags)
8238 {
8239 struct lang_phdr *n, **pp;
8240 bfd_boolean hdrs;
8241
8242 n = stat_alloc (sizeof (struct lang_phdr));
8243 n->next = NULL;
8244 n->name = name;
8245 n->type = exp_get_vma (type, 0, "program header type");
8246 n->filehdr = filehdr;
8247 n->phdrs = phdrs;
8248 n->at = at;
8249 n->flags = flags;
8250
8251 hdrs = n->type == 1 && (phdrs || filehdr);
8252
8253 for (pp = &lang_phdr_list; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
8254 if (hdrs
8255 && (*pp)->type == 1
8256 && !((*pp)->filehdr || (*pp)->phdrs))
8257 {
8258 einfo (_("%X%P:%pS: PHDRS and FILEHDR are not supported"
8259 " when prior PT_LOAD headers lack them\n"), NULL);
8260 hdrs = FALSE;
8261 }
8262
8263 *pp = n;
8264 }
8265
8266 /* Record the program header information in the output BFD. FIXME: We
8267 should not be calling an ELF specific function here. */
8268
8269 static void
8270 lang_record_phdrs (void)
8271 {
8272 unsigned int alc;
8273 asection **secs;
8274 lang_output_section_phdr_list *last;
8275 struct lang_phdr *l;
8276 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8277
8278 alc = 10;
8279 secs = (asection **) xmalloc (alc * sizeof (asection *));
8280 last = NULL;
8281
8282 for (l = lang_phdr_list; l != NULL; l = l->next)
8283 {
8284 unsigned int c;
8285 flagword flags;
8286 bfd_vma at;
8287
8288 c = 0;
8289 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8290 os != NULL;
8291 os = os->next)
8292 {
8293 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8294
8295 if (os->constraint < 0)
8296 continue;
8297
8298 pl = os->phdrs;
8299 if (pl != NULL)
8300 last = pl;
8301 else
8302 {
8303 if (os->sectype == noload_section
8304 || os->bfd_section == NULL
8305 || (os->bfd_section->flags & SEC_ALLOC) == 0)
8306 continue;
8307
8308 /* Don't add orphans to PT_INTERP header. */
8309 if (l->type == 3)
8310 continue;
8311
8312 if (last == NULL)
8313 {
8314 lang_output_section_statement_type *tmp_os;
8315
8316 /* If we have not run across a section with a program
8317 header assigned to it yet, then scan forwards to find
8318 one. This prevents inconsistencies in the linker's
8319 behaviour when a script has specified just a single
8320 header and there are sections in that script which are
8321 not assigned to it, and which occur before the first
8322 use of that header. See here for more details:
8323 http://sourceware.org/ml/binutils/2007-02/msg00291.html */
8324 for (tmp_os = os; tmp_os; tmp_os = tmp_os->next)
8325 if (tmp_os->phdrs)
8326 {
8327 last = tmp_os->phdrs;
8328 break;
8329 }
8330 if (last == NULL)
8331 einfo (_("%F%P: no sections assigned to phdrs\n"));
8332 }
8333 pl = last;
8334 }
8335
8336 if (os->bfd_section == NULL)
8337 continue;
8338
8339 for (; pl != NULL; pl = pl->next)
8340 {
8341 if (strcmp (pl->name, l->name) == 0)
8342 {
8343 if (c >= alc)
8344 {
8345 alc *= 2;
8346 secs = (asection **) xrealloc (secs,
8347 alc * sizeof (asection *));
8348 }
8349 secs[c] = os->bfd_section;
8350 ++c;
8351 pl->used = TRUE;
8352 }
8353 }
8354 }
8355
8356 if (l->flags == NULL)
8357 flags = 0;
8358 else
8359 flags = exp_get_vma (l->flags, 0, "phdr flags");
8360
8361 if (l->at == NULL)
8362 at = 0;
8363 else
8364 at = exp_get_vma (l->at, 0, "phdr load address");
8365
8366 if (!bfd_record_phdr (link_info.output_bfd, l->type,
8367 l->flags != NULL, flags, l->at != NULL,
8368 at, l->filehdr, l->phdrs, c, secs))
8369 einfo (_("%F%P: bfd_record_phdr failed: %E\n"));
8370 }
8371
8372 free (secs);
8373
8374 /* Make sure all the phdr assignments succeeded. */
8375 for (os = (void *) lang_os_list.head;
8376 os != NULL;
8377 os = os->next)
8378 {
8379 lang_output_section_phdr_list *pl;
8380
8381 if (os->constraint < 0
8382 || os->bfd_section == NULL)
8383 continue;
8384
8385 for (pl = os->phdrs;
8386 pl != NULL;
8387 pl = pl->next)
8388 if (!pl->used && strcmp (pl->name, "NONE") != 0)
8389 einfo (_("%X%P: section `%s' assigned to non-existent phdr `%s'\n"),
8390 os->name, pl->name);
8391 }
8392 }
8393
8394 /* Record a list of sections which may not be cross referenced. */
8395
8396 void
8397 lang_add_nocrossref (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8398 {
8399 struct lang_nocrossrefs *n;
8400
8401 n = (struct lang_nocrossrefs *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8402 n->next = nocrossref_list;
8403 n->list = l;
8404 n->onlyfirst = FALSE;
8405 nocrossref_list = n;
8406
8407 /* Set notice_all so that we get informed about all symbols. */
8408 link_info.notice_all = TRUE;
8409 }
8410
8411 /* Record a section that cannot be referenced from a list of sections. */
8412
8413 void
8414 lang_add_nocrossref_to (lang_nocrossref_type *l)
8415 {
8416 lang_add_nocrossref (l);
8417 nocrossref_list->onlyfirst = TRUE;
8418 }
8419 \f
8420 /* Overlay handling. We handle overlays with some static variables. */
8421
8422 /* The overlay virtual address. */
8423 static etree_type *overlay_vma;
8424 /* And subsection alignment. */
8425 static etree_type *overlay_subalign;
8426
8427 /* An expression for the maximum section size seen so far. */
8428 static etree_type *overlay_max;
8429
8430 /* A list of all the sections in this overlay. */
8431
8432 struct overlay_list {
8433 struct overlay_list *next;
8434 lang_output_section_statement_type *os;
8435 };
8436
8437 static struct overlay_list *overlay_list;
8438
8439 /* Start handling an overlay. */
8440
8441 void
8442 lang_enter_overlay (etree_type *vma_expr, etree_type *subalign)
8443 {
8444 /* The grammar should prevent nested overlays from occurring. */
8445 ASSERT (overlay_vma == NULL
8446 && overlay_subalign == NULL
8447 && overlay_max == NULL);
8448
8449 overlay_vma = vma_expr;
8450 overlay_subalign = subalign;
8451 }
8452
8453 /* Start a section in an overlay. We handle this by calling
8454 lang_enter_output_section_statement with the correct VMA.
8455 lang_leave_overlay sets up the LMA and memory regions. */
8456
8457 void
8458 lang_enter_overlay_section (const char *name)
8459 {
8460 struct overlay_list *n;
8461 etree_type *size;
8462
8463 lang_enter_output_section_statement (name, overlay_vma, overlay_section,
8464 0, overlay_subalign, 0, 0, 0);
8465
8466 /* If this is the first section, then base the VMA of future
8467 sections on this one. This will work correctly even if `.' is
8468 used in the addresses. */
8469 if (overlay_list == NULL)
8470 overlay_vma = exp_nameop (ADDR, name);
8471
8472 /* Remember the section. */
8473 n = (struct overlay_list *) xmalloc (sizeof *n);
8474 n->os = current_section;
8475 n->next = overlay_list;
8476 overlay_list = n;
8477
8478 size = exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name);
8479
8480 /* Arrange to work out the maximum section end address. */
8481 if (overlay_max == NULL)
8482 overlay_max = size;
8483 else
8484 overlay_max = exp_binop (MAX_K, overlay_max, size);
8485 }
8486
8487 /* Finish a section in an overlay. There isn't any special to do
8488 here. */
8489
8490 void
8491 lang_leave_overlay_section (fill_type *fill,
8492 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs)
8493 {
8494 const char *name;
8495 char *clean, *s2;
8496 const char *s1;
8497 char *buf;
8498
8499 name = current_section->name;
8500
8501 /* For now, assume that DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION is the run-time memory
8502 region and that no load-time region has been specified. It doesn't
8503 really matter what we say here, since lang_leave_overlay will
8504 override it. */
8505 lang_leave_output_section_statement (fill, DEFAULT_MEMORY_REGION, phdrs, 0);
8506
8507 /* Define the magic symbols. */
8508
8509 clean = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (name) + 1);
8510 s2 = clean;
8511 for (s1 = name; *s1 != '\0'; s1++)
8512 if (ISALNUM (*s1) || *s1 == '_')
8513 *s2++ = *s1;
8514 *s2 = '\0';
8515
8516 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_start_");
8517 sprintf (buf, "__load_start_%s", clean);
8518 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8519 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8520 FALSE));
8521
8522 buf = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (clean) + sizeof "__load_stop_");
8523 sprintf (buf, "__load_stop_%s", clean);
8524 lang_add_assignment (exp_provide (buf,
8525 exp_binop ('+',
8526 exp_nameop (LOADADDR, name),
8527 exp_nameop (SIZEOF, name)),
8528 FALSE));
8529
8530 free (clean);
8531 }
8532
8533 /* Finish an overlay. If there are any overlay wide settings, this
8534 looks through all the sections in the overlay and sets them. */
8535
8536 void
8537 lang_leave_overlay (etree_type *lma_expr,
8538 int nocrossrefs,
8539 fill_type *fill,
8540 const char *memspec,
8541 lang_output_section_phdr_list *phdrs,
8542 const char *lma_memspec)
8543 {
8544 lang_memory_region_type *region;
8545 lang_memory_region_type *lma_region;
8546 struct overlay_list *l;
8547 lang_nocrossref_type *nocrossref;
8548
8549 lang_get_regions (&region, &lma_region,
8550 memspec, lma_memspec,
8551 lma_expr != NULL, FALSE);
8552
8553 nocrossref = NULL;
8554
8555 /* After setting the size of the last section, set '.' to end of the
8556 overlay region. */
8557 if (overlay_list != NULL)
8558 {
8559 overlay_list->os->update_dot = 1;
8560 overlay_list->os->update_dot_tree
8561 = exp_assign (".", exp_binop ('+', overlay_vma, overlay_max), FALSE);
8562 }
8563
8564 l = overlay_list;
8565 while (l != NULL)
8566 {
8567 struct overlay_list *next;
8568
8569 if (fill != NULL && l->os->fill == NULL)
8570 l->os->fill = fill;
8571
8572 l->os->region = region;
8573 l->os->lma_region = lma_region;
8574
8575 /* The first section has the load address specified in the
8576 OVERLAY statement. The rest are worked out from that.
8577 The base address is not needed (and should be null) if
8578 an LMA region was specified. */
8579 if (l->next == 0)
8580 {
8581 l->os->load_base = lma_expr;
8582 l->os->sectype = first_overlay_section;
8583 }
8584 if (phdrs != NULL && l->os->phdrs == NULL)
8585 l->os->phdrs = phdrs;
8586
8587 if (nocrossrefs)
8588 {
8589 lang_nocrossref_type *nc;
8590
8591 nc = (lang_nocrossref_type *) xmalloc (sizeof *nc);
8592 nc->name = l->os->name;
8593 nc->next = nocrossref;
8594 nocrossref = nc;
8595 }
8596
8597 next = l->next;
8598 free (l);
8599 l = next;
8600 }
8601
8602 if (nocrossref != NULL)
8603 lang_add_nocrossref (nocrossref);
8604
8605 overlay_vma = NULL;
8606 overlay_list = NULL;
8607 overlay_max = NULL;
8608 overlay_subalign = NULL;
8609 }
8610 \f
8611 /* Version handling. This is only useful for ELF. */
8612
8613 /* If PREV is NULL, return first version pattern matching particular symbol.
8614 If PREV is non-NULL, return first version pattern matching particular
8615 symbol after PREV (previously returned by lang_vers_match). */
8616
8617 static struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8618 lang_vers_match (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head,
8619 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *prev,
8620 const char *sym)
8621 {
8622 const char *c_sym;
8623 const char *cxx_sym = sym;
8624 const char *java_sym = sym;
8625 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *expr = NULL;
8626 enum demangling_styles curr_style;
8627
8628 curr_style = CURRENT_DEMANGLING_STYLE;
8629 cplus_demangle_set_style (no_demangling);
8630 c_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_NO_OPTS);
8631 if (!c_sym)
8632 c_sym = sym;
8633 cplus_demangle_set_style (curr_style);
8634
8635 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8636 {
8637 cxx_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym,
8638 DMGL_PARAMS | DMGL_ANSI);
8639 if (!cxx_sym)
8640 cxx_sym = sym;
8641 }
8642 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8643 {
8644 java_sym = bfd_demangle (link_info.output_bfd, sym, DMGL_JAVA);
8645 if (!java_sym)
8646 java_sym = sym;
8647 }
8648
8649 if (head->htab && (prev == NULL || prev->literal))
8650 {
8651 struct bfd_elf_version_expr e;
8652
8653 switch (prev ? prev->mask : 0)
8654 {
8655 case 0:
8656 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8657 {
8658 e.pattern = c_sym;
8659 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8660 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8661 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, c_sym) == 0)
8662 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE)
8663 goto out_ret;
8664 else
8665 expr = expr->next;
8666 }
8667 /* Fallthrough */
8668 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE:
8669 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8670 {
8671 e.pattern = cxx_sym;
8672 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8673 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8674 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, cxx_sym) == 0)
8675 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8676 goto out_ret;
8677 else
8678 expr = expr->next;
8679 }
8680 /* Fallthrough */
8681 case BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE:
8682 if (head->mask & BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8683 {
8684 e.pattern = java_sym;
8685 expr = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8686 htab_find ((htab_t) head->htab, &e);
8687 while (expr && strcmp (expr->pattern, java_sym) == 0)
8688 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8689 goto out_ret;
8690 else
8691 expr = expr->next;
8692 }
8693 /* Fallthrough */
8694 default:
8695 break;
8696 }
8697 }
8698
8699 /* Finally, try the wildcards. */
8700 if (prev == NULL || prev->literal)
8701 expr = head->remaining;
8702 else
8703 expr = prev->next;
8704 for (; expr; expr = expr->next)
8705 {
8706 const char *s;
8707
8708 if (!expr->pattern)
8709 continue;
8710
8711 if (expr->pattern[0] == '*' && expr->pattern[1] == '\0')
8712 break;
8713
8714 if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE)
8715 s = java_sym;
8716 else if (expr->mask == BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE)
8717 s = cxx_sym;
8718 else
8719 s = c_sym;
8720 if (fnmatch (expr->pattern, s, 0) == 0)
8721 break;
8722 }
8723
8724 out_ret:
8725 if (c_sym != sym)
8726 free ((char *) c_sym);
8727 if (cxx_sym != sym)
8728 free ((char *) cxx_sym);
8729 if (java_sym != sym)
8730 free ((char *) java_sym);
8731 return expr;
8732 }
8733
8734 /* Return NULL if the PATTERN argument is a glob pattern, otherwise,
8735 return a pointer to the symbol name with any backslash quotes removed. */
8736
8737 static const char *
8738 realsymbol (const char *pattern)
8739 {
8740 const char *p;
8741 bfd_boolean changed = FALSE, backslash = FALSE;
8742 char *s, *symbol = (char *) xmalloc (strlen (pattern) + 1);
8743
8744 for (p = pattern, s = symbol; *p != '\0'; ++p)
8745 {
8746 /* It is a glob pattern only if there is no preceding
8747 backslash. */
8748 if (backslash)
8749 {
8750 /* Remove the preceding backslash. */
8751 *(s - 1) = *p;
8752 backslash = FALSE;
8753 changed = TRUE;
8754 }
8755 else
8756 {
8757 if (*p == '?' || *p == '*' || *p == '[')
8758 {
8759 free (symbol);
8760 return NULL;
8761 }
8762
8763 *s++ = *p;
8764 backslash = *p == '\\';
8765 }
8766 }
8767
8768 if (changed)
8769 {
8770 *s = '\0';
8771 return symbol;
8772 }
8773 else
8774 {
8775 free (symbol);
8776 return pattern;
8777 }
8778 }
8779
8780 /* This is called for each variable name or match expression. NEW_NAME is
8781 the name of the symbol to match, or, if LITERAL_P is FALSE, a glob
8782 pattern to be matched against symbol names. */
8783
8784 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *
8785 lang_new_vers_pattern (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *orig,
8786 const char *new_name,
8787 const char *lang,
8788 bfd_boolean literal_p)
8789 {
8790 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *ret;
8791
8792 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
8793 ret->next = orig;
8794 ret->symver = 0;
8795 ret->script = 0;
8796 ret->literal = TRUE;
8797 ret->pattern = literal_p ? new_name : realsymbol (new_name);
8798 if (ret->pattern == NULL)
8799 {
8800 ret->pattern = new_name;
8801 ret->literal = FALSE;
8802 }
8803
8804 if (lang == NULL || strcasecmp (lang, "C") == 0)
8805 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8806 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "C++") == 0)
8807 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_CXX_TYPE;
8808 else if (strcasecmp (lang, "Java") == 0)
8809 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_JAVA_TYPE;
8810 else
8811 {
8812 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown language `%s' in version information\n"),
8813 lang);
8814 ret->mask = BFD_ELF_VERSION_C_TYPE;
8815 }
8816
8817 return ldemul_new_vers_pattern (ret);
8818 }
8819
8820 /* This is called for each set of variable names and match
8821 expressions. */
8822
8823 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *
8824 lang_new_vers_node (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *globals,
8825 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *locals)
8826 {
8827 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *ret;
8828
8829 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_tree *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *ret);
8830 ret->globals.list = globals;
8831 ret->locals.list = locals;
8832 ret->match = lang_vers_match;
8833 ret->name_indx = (unsigned int) -1;
8834 return ret;
8835 }
8836
8837 /* This static variable keeps track of version indices. */
8838
8839 static int version_index;
8840
8841 static hashval_t
8842 version_expr_head_hash (const void *p)
8843 {
8844 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e =
8845 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p;
8846
8847 return htab_hash_string (e->pattern);
8848 }
8849
8850 static int
8851 version_expr_head_eq (const void *p1, const void *p2)
8852 {
8853 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1 =
8854 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p1;
8855 const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2 =
8856 (const struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) p2;
8857
8858 return strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0;
8859 }
8860
8861 static void
8862 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (struct bfd_elf_version_expr_head *head)
8863 {
8864 size_t count = 0;
8865 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e, *next;
8866 struct bfd_elf_version_expr **list_loc, **remaining_loc;
8867
8868 for (e = head->list; e; e = e->next)
8869 {
8870 if (e->literal)
8871 count++;
8872 head->mask |= e->mask;
8873 }
8874
8875 if (count)
8876 {
8877 head->htab = htab_create (count * 2, version_expr_head_hash,
8878 version_expr_head_eq, NULL);
8879 list_loc = &head->list;
8880 remaining_loc = &head->remaining;
8881 for (e = head->list; e; e = next)
8882 {
8883 next = e->next;
8884 if (!e->literal)
8885 {
8886 *remaining_loc = e;
8887 remaining_loc = &e->next;
8888 }
8889 else
8890 {
8891 void **loc = htab_find_slot ((htab_t) head->htab, e, INSERT);
8892
8893 if (*loc)
8894 {
8895 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1, *last;
8896
8897 e1 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *) *loc;
8898 last = NULL;
8899 do
8900 {
8901 if (e1->mask == e->mask)
8902 {
8903 last = NULL;
8904 break;
8905 }
8906 last = e1;
8907 e1 = e1->next;
8908 }
8909 while (e1 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e->pattern) == 0);
8910
8911 if (last == NULL)
8912 {
8913 /* This is a duplicate. */
8914 /* FIXME: Memory leak. Sometimes pattern is not
8915 xmalloced alone, but in larger chunk of memory. */
8916 /* free (e->pattern); */
8917 free (e);
8918 }
8919 else
8920 {
8921 e->next = last->next;
8922 last->next = e;
8923 }
8924 }
8925 else
8926 {
8927 *loc = e;
8928 *list_loc = e;
8929 list_loc = &e->next;
8930 }
8931 }
8932 }
8933 *remaining_loc = NULL;
8934 *list_loc = head->remaining;
8935 }
8936 else
8937 head->remaining = head->list;
8938 }
8939
8940 /* This is called when we know the name and dependencies of the
8941 version. */
8942
8943 void
8944 lang_register_vers_node (const char *name,
8945 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *version,
8946 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *deps)
8947 {
8948 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t, **pp;
8949 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e1;
8950
8951 if (name == NULL)
8952 name = "";
8953
8954 if (link_info.version_info != NULL
8955 && (name[0] == '\0' || link_info.version_info->name[0] == '\0'))
8956 {
8957 einfo (_("%X%P: anonymous version tag cannot be combined"
8958 " with other version tags\n"));
8959 free (version);
8960 return;
8961 }
8962
8963 /* Make sure this node has a unique name. */
8964 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8965 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
8966 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate version tag `%s'\n"), name);
8967
8968 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->globals);
8969 lang_finalize_version_expr_head (&version->locals);
8970
8971 /* Check the global and local match names, and make sure there
8972 aren't any duplicates. */
8973
8974 for (e1 = version->globals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
8975 {
8976 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
8977 {
8978 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
8979
8980 if (t->locals.htab && e1->literal)
8981 {
8982 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
8983 htab_find ((htab_t) t->locals.htab, e1);
8984 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
8985 {
8986 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
8987 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8988 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8989 e2 = e2->next;
8990 }
8991 }
8992 else if (!e1->literal)
8993 for (e2 = t->locals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
8994 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
8995 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
8996 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
8997 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
8998 }
8999 }
9000
9001 for (e1 = version->locals.list; e1 != NULL; e1 = e1->next)
9002 {
9003 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9004 {
9005 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *e2;
9006
9007 if (t->globals.htab && e1->literal)
9008 {
9009 e2 = (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *)
9010 htab_find ((htab_t) t->globals.htab, e1);
9011 while (e2 && strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0)
9012 {
9013 if (e1->mask == e2->mask)
9014 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9015 " in version information\n"),
9016 e1->pattern);
9017 e2 = e2->next;
9018 }
9019 }
9020 else if (!e1->literal)
9021 for (e2 = t->globals.remaining; e2 != NULL; e2 = e2->next)
9022 if (strcmp (e1->pattern, e2->pattern) == 0
9023 && e1->mask == e2->mask)
9024 einfo (_("%X%P: duplicate expression `%s'"
9025 " in version information\n"), e1->pattern);
9026 }
9027 }
9028
9029 version->deps = deps;
9030 version->name = name;
9031 if (name[0] != '\0')
9032 {
9033 ++version_index;
9034 version->vernum = version_index;
9035 }
9036 else
9037 version->vernum = 0;
9038
9039 for (pp = &link_info.version_info; *pp != NULL; pp = &(*pp)->next)
9040 ;
9041 *pp = version;
9042 }
9043
9044 /* This is called when we see a version dependency. */
9045
9046 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *
9047 lang_add_vers_depend (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *list, const char *name)
9048 {
9049 struct bfd_elf_version_deps *ret;
9050 struct bfd_elf_version_tree *t;
9051
9052 ret = (struct bfd_elf_version_deps *) xmalloc (sizeof *ret);
9053 ret->next = list;
9054
9055 for (t = link_info.version_info; t != NULL; t = t->next)
9056 {
9057 if (strcmp (t->name, name) == 0)
9058 {
9059 ret->version_needed = t;
9060 return ret;
9061 }
9062 }
9063
9064 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to find version dependency `%s'\n"), name);
9065
9066 ret->version_needed = NULL;
9067 return ret;
9068 }
9069
9070 static void
9071 lang_do_version_exports_section (void)
9072 {
9073 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *greg = NULL, *lreg;
9074
9075 LANG_FOR_EACH_INPUT_STATEMENT (is)
9076 {
9077 asection *sec = bfd_get_section_by_name (is->the_bfd, ".exports");
9078 char *contents, *p;
9079 bfd_size_type len;
9080
9081 if (sec == NULL)
9082 continue;
9083
9084 len = sec->size;
9085 contents = (char *) xmalloc (len);
9086 if (!bfd_get_section_contents (is->the_bfd, sec, contents, 0, len))
9087 einfo (_("%X%P: unable to read .exports section contents\n"), sec);
9088
9089 p = contents;
9090 while (p < contents + len)
9091 {
9092 greg = lang_new_vers_pattern (greg, p, NULL, FALSE);
9093 p = strchr (p, '\0') + 1;
9094 }
9095
9096 /* Do not free the contents, as we used them creating the regex. */
9097
9098 /* Do not include this section in the link. */
9099 sec->flags |= SEC_EXCLUDE | SEC_KEEP;
9100 }
9101
9102 lreg = lang_new_vers_pattern (NULL, "*", NULL, FALSE);
9103 lang_register_vers_node (command_line.version_exports_section,
9104 lang_new_vers_node (greg, lreg), NULL);
9105 }
9106
9107 /* Evaluate LENGTH and ORIGIN parts of MEMORY spec */
9108
9109 static void
9110 lang_do_memory_regions (void)
9111 {
9112 lang_memory_region_type *r = lang_memory_region_list;
9113
9114 for (; r != NULL; r = r->next)
9115 {
9116 if (r->origin_exp)
9117 {
9118 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->origin_exp);
9119 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9120 {
9121 r->origin = expld.result.value;
9122 r->current = r->origin;
9123 }
9124 else
9125 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid origin for memory region %s\n"),
9126 r->name_list.name);
9127 }
9128 if (r->length_exp)
9129 {
9130 exp_fold_tree_no_dot (r->length_exp);
9131 if (expld.result.valid_p)
9132 r->length = expld.result.value;
9133 else
9134 einfo (_("%F%P: invalid length for memory region %s\n"),
9135 r->name_list.name);
9136 }
9137 }
9138 }
9139
9140 void
9141 lang_add_unique (const char *name)
9142 {
9143 struct unique_sections *ent;
9144
9145 for (ent = unique_section_list; ent; ent = ent->next)
9146 if (strcmp (ent->name, name) == 0)
9147 return;
9148
9149 ent = (struct unique_sections *) xmalloc (sizeof *ent);
9150 ent->name = xstrdup (name);
9151 ent->next = unique_section_list;
9152 unique_section_list = ent;
9153 }
9154
9155 /* Append the list of dynamic symbols to the existing one. */
9156
9157 void
9158 lang_append_dynamic_list (struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic)
9159 {
9160 if (link_info.dynamic_list)
9161 {
9162 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *tail;
9163 for (tail = dynamic; tail->next != NULL; tail = tail->next)
9164 ;
9165 tail->next = link_info.dynamic_list->head.list;
9166 link_info.dynamic_list->head.list = dynamic;
9167 }
9168 else
9169 {
9170 struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *d;
9171
9172 d = (struct bfd_elf_dynamic_list *) xcalloc (1, sizeof *d);
9173 d->head.list = dynamic;
9174 d->match = lang_vers_match;
9175 link_info.dynamic_list = d;
9176 }
9177 }
9178
9179 /* Append the list of C++ typeinfo dynamic symbols to the existing
9180 one. */
9181
9182 void
9183 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_typeinfo (void)
9184 {
9185 const char *symbols[] =
9186 {
9187 "typeinfo name for*",
9188 "typeinfo for*"
9189 };
9190 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9191 unsigned int i;
9192
9193 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9194 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9195 FALSE);
9196
9197 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
9198 }
9199
9200 /* Append the list of C++ operator new and delete dynamic symbols to the
9201 existing one. */
9202
9203 void
9204 lang_append_dynamic_list_cpp_new (void)
9205 {
9206 const char *symbols[] =
9207 {
9208 "operator new*",
9209 "operator delete*"
9210 };
9211 struct bfd_elf_version_expr *dynamic = NULL;
9212 unsigned int i;
9213
9214 for (i = 0; i < ARRAY_SIZE (symbols); i++)
9215 dynamic = lang_new_vers_pattern (dynamic, symbols [i], "C++",
9216 FALSE);
9217
9218 lang_append_dynamic_list (dynamic);
9219 }
9220
9221 /* Scan a space and/or comma separated string of features. */
9222
9223 void
9224 lang_ld_feature (char *str)
9225 {
9226 char *p, *q;
9227
9228 p = str;
9229 while (*p)
9230 {
9231 char sep;
9232 while (*p == ',' || ISSPACE (*p))
9233 ++p;
9234 if (!*p)
9235 break;
9236 q = p + 1;
9237 while (*q && *q != ',' && !ISSPACE (*q))
9238 ++q;
9239 sep = *q;
9240 *q = 0;
9241 if (strcasecmp (p, "SANE_EXPR") == 0)
9242 config.sane_expr = TRUE;
9243 else
9244 einfo (_("%X%P: unknown feature `%s'\n"), p);
9245 *q = sep;
9246 p = q;
9247 }
9248 }
9249
9250 /* Pretty print memory amount. */
9251
9252 static void
9253 lang_print_memory_size (bfd_vma sz)
9254 {
9255 if ((sz & 0x3fffffff) == 0)
9256 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u GB", sz >> 30);
9257 else if ((sz & 0xfffff) == 0)
9258 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u MB", sz >> 20);
9259 else if ((sz & 0x3ff) == 0)
9260 printf ("%10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u KB", sz >> 10);
9261 else
9262 printf (" %10" BFD_VMA_FMT "u B", sz);
9263 }
9264
9265 /* Implement --print-memory-usage: disply per region memory usage. */
9266
9267 void
9268 lang_print_memory_usage (void)
9269 {
9270 lang_memory_region_type *r;
9271
9272 printf ("Memory region Used Size Region Size %%age Used\n");
9273 for (r = lang_memory_region_list; r->next != NULL; r = r->next)
9274 {
9275 bfd_vma used_length = r->current - r->origin;
9276
9277 printf ("%16s: ",r->name_list.name);
9278 lang_print_memory_size (used_length);
9279 lang_print_memory_size ((bfd_vma) r->length);
9280
9281 if (r->length != 0)
9282 {
9283 double percent = used_length * 100.0 / r->length;
9284 printf (" %6.2f%%", percent);
9285 }
9286 printf ("\n");
9287 }
9288 }